á ¬ ò PKL B sróenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/03092018UL5NX0QJEIA... · PKL B...

AUGUST’ 2018

BOULDER, GRAVEL & SAND MINE “RATTEWALI BLOCK –

PKL – B – 10”

VILLAGE – RATTEWALI, TEHSIL - BARWALA, DISTRICT – PANCHKULA (HARYANA)

Production Capacity: - 19,00,000 TPA

Area – 45.0 Hectare; Survey No.:- 141 min; LOI issued on: - 16.06.2017

Study Period: - October, November and December’ 2017 (Carried out by former ACO)

Project Cost: - Rs. 7.0 Crore

ToR issued vide letter no. J-11015/ 75/ 2017-IA.II (M) dated 14.09.2017

Proposal No.:- IA/ HR/ MIN/ 66257/ 2017; File No.:- 75/ 2017

FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ("A" under category 1(a) of EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 and its subsequent amendments)

Applicant: - Tirupati Roadways

Authorized Signatory: - Gurupreet Singh Sabharwal (POA)

# 3, Sadashiv Properties, Katras Road, Bank More, Dhanbad, Jharkhand – 826 001.

Email: - [email protected]; Phone No.:- 09829981244

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT

ENKAY ENVIRO SERVICES PVT. LTD., JAIPUR

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI, New Delhi at S. No. 45 (MoEF&CC)

List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (as on August 05, 2017).

Validity: - Up to 06.11.2018.

Corporate Office: - # 92 Heera Nagar - A, Near Shalimar Bagh, Ajmer Road, Jaipur (Raj.). - 302 021

Phone: - 0141-2354997, 2353996

Email: - [email protected], Website: - www.enkayenviro.com

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – I - INTRODUCTION

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAYS

DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/TR-Boulder Gravel and Sand Mine/001/MP-

EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 1

SECTION – I

INDEX

1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 2

1.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK RELATED TO SAND MINING .............................................................. 10

1.2.1 SITE HISTORY ...................................................................................................... 11

1.3 SAND MINING ................................................................................................................................... 12

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT ......................................................................... 12

1.5 EIA PROCESS ..................................................................................................................................... 13

1.6 LEGAL PROVISO............................................................................................................................... 14

1.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT ..................................................................................... 16

1.8 POINT WISE COMPLIANCE OF TOR........................................................................................... 17

1.9 POST - ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING ....................................................... 36

1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................ 36

******************




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 2

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed project of M/s Tirupati Roadways is for production of 19,00,000 TPA

Boulder, Gravel and Sand from “Rattewali Block/ PKL B 10” located at Dudhgar Kee Nadi

River having Mining lease area of 45.0 Ha. is situated at Village – Rattewali, Tehsil –Barwala,

District – Panchkula, Haryana. The proposal was online uploaded at MoEF&CC web portal

vide proposal no. IA/ HR/ MIN/ 66257/ 2017 for obtaining Terms of Reference and the

project was considered for Terms of Reference in 29 – 30th August’ 2017 and ToR was

issued on 14.09.2017.

Application for grant of Environmental Clearance was online uploaded on 18.07.2018 and

the proposal is technically evaluated by EAC Meeting held on 14 – 15th May’ 2018 by former

ACO M/s Vardhan Environet, Gurgaon (Serial No. 152 of List of Accredited Consultant

Organizations (Alphabetically) Rev. 66 Rev. June 05, 2018).

Former consultant was warned by committee for certain anomalies. Thus, Project

Proponent approached/ re-appoint new Consultant “Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.,

Jaipur” (listed at S. No. 45 under the list of NABET Accredited consultant organizations

as on August 05, 2018) for providing further technical advisory for the proposed

project.

In reference to the above matter, No Objection Certificate has been obtained from Vardhan

Environet, Gurgaon (Former Consultant). Enclosed as Annexure – XXI.

Environmental Baseline data was generated during the period of October, November and

December’ 2017 by Vardhan Environet and onus of this data lies with the formal consultant

from which NOC has already been taken.

The Modified Mining Plan including Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been prepared and

approved from the Office of Director General, Mines & Geology, Chandigarh, Haryana vide

Memo No. DMG/HY/MP/ Rattewali Block/ PKL B – 10/ 3989 – 92 dated 07.08.2018 as per

the Minutes of the Meeting at point No. 13(a) asked Project proponent to submit the

Modified Mining Plan for revised capacity of 19,00,000 TPA.

During the EAC meeting, and the presentation made on 14 – 15th May’ 2018, the committee

has the following observation as details below:-




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 3

S. No. Observations Reply

a The Proponent should collect the baseline data in

respect of initial level of the mining lease. For this

permanent bench marks (BM) needs to be established

at prominent location preferably close to mining leases

in question and should have precisely known

relationship to the level datum of the area, typically

mean sea level. The entire mining lease should be

divided suitably in the grids of 25 Meter x 25 Meters

with the help of sections across the width of river and

along the direction of flow of the river. The levels (MSL

& RL) of the corner point of each grid need to be

recorded. Each Grid should be suitably numbered for

identification. PP should identity grids which will we

worked out and grids which will come under no mining

zone i.e. safety barriers from the river bank, safety

barrier at lease boundary, restrictions as per condition

of LoI/ Mining Lease deed, restriction as Mineral

Concession Rule of the Concerned State, restrictions as

per sustainable sand mining management guidelines

2016 etc. The PP should ascertain the level of the river

bed with the help of sections drawn across the width of

the rivers and along the direction of flow of the river

and based on this ascertain the depth of mining of each

grid. The PP should provide a detailed map and table

clearly showing the grid wise material availability,

dimension of grid, location of grid (Lat & Long of the

corner points), level of grid (AMSL and RL), depth of

mining in each grid, grids left under no mining zone.

Point-wise details are stated below:

S. No. Observations Reference No./ Reply Annexure

i Baseline Data in respect to Initial Bed

Level

Initial bed level has been indicated and

all data w.r.t. the same. Details stated in

approved Modified Mining Plan at Page

No. 23.

XI

ii Permanent bench marks (BM) needs to be

established at prominent location

In approved Modified Mining Plan at

Page No. 23.

XI




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 4

iii Mining lease should be divided suitably in

the grids of 25 Meter x 25 Meters sections

across the width of river and along the

direction of flow of the river


Surface Plan – Plate No. 3.

XI

iv Levels (MSL & RL) of the corner point of

each grid need to be recorded

All the readings of each grid corner

point have been recorded and provided

in approved Modified Mining plan at

Surface Plan – Plate No. 3 and Surface

Geological Section – Plate No. 5.

Also, sections provided in the Plate No.

6 P to 6T.

XI

v Each grid should be suitably numbered

for identification

Each grid is numbered. In approved

Modified Mining plan at Surface Plan –

Plate No. 3

XI

vi PP should identity grids which will we

worked out and grids which will come

under no mining zone i.e. safety barriers

from the river bank, safety barrier at lease

boundary, restrictions as per condition of

LoI/Mining Lease deed, restriction as

Mineral Concession Rule of the Concerned

State, restrictions as per sustainable sand

mining management guidelines 2016 etc.


Proposed Year Wise Working Plan

(From Ist year working to 5th year

working) Plate No. 6A to 6O.

XI

vii The PP should ascertain the level of the

river bed with the help of sections drawn

across the width of the rivers and along

the direction of flow of the river and

based on this ascertain the depth of

mining of each grid

The needful is amended in the approved

Modified Mining plan, Sections are

provided on the Plate No. 6 P to 6T

under Five Year Working Plan.

Grid has been shown on Surface Plan –

Plate No. 3.

XI




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 5

viii The PP should provide a detailed map and

table clearly showing the grid wise

material availability, dimension of grid,

location of grid (lat & long of the corner

points), level of grid (AMSL and RL),

depth of mining in each grid, grids left

under no mining zone etc.

In approved Modified Mining plan,

Sections are provided on the Plate No. 6

P to 6T under Five Year Working Plan.

Grid has been shown on Surface Plan –

Plate No. 3.

Tabulated data has been provided in

approved Modified Mining plan at Page

No. 23.

XI

b PP should suitably name each section line. Section Plan

for both sections drawn across the river and along the

direction of the river needs to be submitted. Each

Section should have level on vertical axis and distance

from the bank of river on horizontal axis. For the

section along the direction of the river the levels to be

shown on vertical axis and distance from upstream to

downstream should be shown on horizontal axis.

Point-wise details are given as below:


i PP should suitably name each section line. Each grid is numbered. In approved

Modified Mining plan at Surface Plan

– Plate No. 3

XI

ii Plan for both sections drawn across the

river and along the direction of the river

needs to be submitted


Sections are provided on the Plate

No. 6 P to 6T under Five Year

Working Plan.

Grid has been shown on Surface Plan

– Plate No. 3.

XI

iii Each Section should have level on vertical

axis and distance from the bank of river

on horizontal axis.

The needful is done in approved

Modified Mining plan, Sections are

provided on the Plate No. 6 P to 6T

under Five Year Working Plan.

Grid has been shown on Surface Plan

– Plate No. 3.

XI

iv For the section along the direction of the

river the levels to be shown on vertical

axis and distance from upstream to

downstream should be shown on


Sections are provided on the Plate

No. 6 P to 6T under Five Year

Working Plan.

XI




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 6

horizontal axis Grid has been shown on Surface Plan

– Plate No. 3.

c The Modified Mining Plan should be prepared based on

the actual replenishment study, above mentioned

survey and all the information sought above needs to

be a part of the mining plan. In the Mining Plan year

wise production plan should be prepared in three

plates for each year. Plat-1 shows the mine working for

the Pre-Monsoon period (1st April- 14th June), Plate-2

should show the status of the mine after the

replenishment (as per actual replenishment study) and

no working should be proposed in this period (15th

June-1st October) as the mining lease area needs to be

left for the replenishment of the river bed mineral and

plat-3 show the mine working after replenishment of

the river bed i.e. post monsoon period (2nd October-31st

March).

The desired information is tatted as index:


i The modified Mining Plan should be

prepared based on the actual

replenishment study, above mentioned

survey and all the information sought

above needs to be a part of the mining

plan

Modified mining plan has been

prepared and approved vide

DMG/HY/MP/ Rattewali Block/ PKL

B – 10/ 2017/ 3989 – 92 dated

07.08.2018 based on the actual

replenishment study, survey and all

the information sought by MoEF&CC.

XI

ii In the mining plan year wise production

plan should be prepared in three plates

for each year.

In the modified mining plan, year-

wise working plan has been

prepared in three plates for each

year i.e. 1st to 5th year.

XI

iii Plat-1 shows the mine working for the

pre-monsoon period (1st APR- 14th June),

This has been complied.

Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6A Ist

1st April –

14th June

6D IInd

6G IIIrd

6J IVth

6M Vth

XI




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 7

iv Plate-2 should show the status of the

mine after the replenishment (as per

actual replenishment study) and


Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6A Ist

15th June

– 1st

October

6D IInd

6G IIIrd

6J IVth

6M Vth

XI

v No working should be proposed in this

period (15th June-1st Oct) as the mining

lease area needs to be left for the

replenishment of the river bed mineral

and plat-3 show the mine working after

replenishment of the river bed i.e. post

monsoon period (2nd Oct-31st March).


Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6C Ist 2nd

October –

31st

March

6F IInd

6I IIIrd

6L IVth

6O Vth

XI

d PP should specifically mention in the Mining Plan that

in the subsequent Scheme of Mining/ review of mining

plan, the year wise data pertaining to replenishment

study (all five years) shall be provided which include

the level (AMSL & RL) of river bed recorded before and

after the monsoon, year wise replenishment quantity,

all plan & sections of the replenishment study for the

past five years.

The same has been mentioned in modified mining

plan including progressive mine closure plan duly

approved for the capacity 19,00,000 TPA from

State Mining Engineer, Department of Mines and

Geology, Haryana, vide letter no. DMG/ HY/ MP/

Rattewali Block/ PKL B-10/ 3989-92 dated

07.08.2018. Copy of approval letter enclosed as

Annexure-XI.

Year-wise working details provided in the working

plan along with sections.

For a single year, three working plan have been

made i.e. 1) Pre-monsoon 2) Monsoon (Non-

working) and 3) Post-monsoon.

Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6A Ist

1st April –

14th June

6D IInd

6G IIIrd

6J IVth

6M Vth

Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6A Ist




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 8

6D IInd

15th June

– 1st

October

6G IIIrd

6J IVth

6M Vth

Plate No. Year of

working

Time

period

6C Ist 2nd

October –

31st

March

6F IInd

6I IIIrd

6L IVth

6O Vth

Legal undertaking on Rs. 50 Non-Judicial stamp

duly notarized by the Project Proponent to the

effect that each year after the replenishment study

the plan & section will be submitted to the Office

of State Mining Engineer, DMG, Haryana for

verification and official record. Enclosed as

Annexure-XXII.

e PP should also submit an undertaking to the effect that

each year after the replenishment study the plan &

section shall be submitted to concerned Department of

Mining & Geology of the State for verification and

official record.

Legal undertaking on Rs. 50 Non-Judicial stamp

duly notarized by the Project Proponent to the

effect that each year after the replenishment study

the plan & section will be submitted to the Office

of State Mining Engineer, DMG, Haryana for

verification and official record. Enclosed as

Annexure-XXII.

f The PP should also submit a kml file wherein the above

mentioned grid plans is superimposed on the satellite

imaginary.

Grid plan superimposed on satellite imagery (kml

file in soft copy) is enclosed as Annexure-XXIII.

g PP should submit the detailed replenishment study

report.

Detailed replenishment study carried out for Pre-

monsoon’ 2018 is enclosed as Annexure-XVIII.

h PP should ensure that plan and section that will be

submitted to EAC should be in proper scale.

In approved Modified Mining plan, Sections are

provided on the Plate No. 6 P to 6T under Five

Year Working Plan.

Grid has been shown on Surface Plan – Plate No. 3.

i Detailed traffic plan needs to be submitted clearly

mentioning the number of tucks to be deployed,

number of trips during the day, road that will be used

Mineral will be dispatched to the destination

places via village road which, finally converges on

to the National Highway – 73. At present, the




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 9

for the transportation of mineral, impact of

transportation on the nearby area, mitigative measures

to be adopted, the plan on the suitable scale needs to

be submitted clearly road network of the existing

mining leases and also of the other mining lease within

the study area to ascertain the cumulative impact of

the transportation. The PP should optimize the

production & transportation requirement by taking

into account the traffic density due to other mining

projects.

traffic load on the village road and National

Highway are 65 - 150 Vehicles/ hr. From the

analysis, it can be concluded that existing V/C

ratio is found to be 0.26 and 0.24 on village road/

MDR and NH-73 respectively. So, the Level of

Service is B for village road/ MDR and NH-73

which is ‘very good’ as per classification.

After commencement of production V/C ratio will

be 0.38 and 0.29 for village road/ MDR and

National Highway 73. So, the Level of Service is B

respectively for village road/ MDR and National

Highway which is ‘very good, as per classification.

Hence, the load on the carrying capacity of the

concerned roads is not likely to have any

significant adverse impact due to proposed

project. Details are provided in Section-VII point

no. 7.6.

j PP should optimize the production requirement based

on the data collected above; the GLC of various

pollutants should be well within the prescribed NAASQ

Standards limit, reduces the water consumption,

reduce the traffic density on the roads, after taking into

consideration the pollution load of the other mining

leases in the study area.

The ground level concentrations are computed for

24-hr average. The maximum ground level

concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO from

the different mining activities for study period

with EMP are observed to be 4.9mg/m3,

2.18mg/m3, 3.0mg/m3 and 6.0mg/m3 respectively.

The maximum GLC’s were falling within the pit

area/lease area for the given meteorological and

topographical conditions and are within the

prescribed limits of NAASQ standards.

In order to predict the particulate emissions,

AERMOD Version 7.1.0 model was used to predict

changes in air quality i.e., maximum ground level

concentration (GLC’s) of PM10, PM2.5, NOX and CO

due to the mining activity. The inputs required for

the model are:-

Hourly Meteorological Data.

Source Data.

Receptor Data.

Programme Control Parameters.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 10

Revised air modeling with respect to production,

transportation etc. has been given in Section - IV,

Sub- Section - 4.4 of EIA/ EMP Report.

k Clear legible copy of Advertisement published in

national daily and vernacular daily for conduction

public hearing needs to be submitted with name of

newspaper and date of publication.

Name of Newspaper (English) – The Tribune

Name of Newspaper (Hindi) – Amar Ujala

Date of advertisement publication– 14.03.2018

Copy enclosed as Annexure – VI.

l All documents, certificates, and reports provided in EIA

report should be legible.

The same has been noted and complied.

Legible copies of all annexure, certificate, and

reports have been submitted.

m List of schedule-1 species duly authenticated by State

forest department clearly mentioning the number of

schedule-1 species present in the study area and proof

of submission of conservation plan to concerned chief

wildlife warden.

Schedule – I fauna Indian Peafowl (Pavo

cristatus), Python (Python molurus), and

Leopard (Panthera pardus) have been reported

in the buffer zone during the study period.

The Conservation Plan for Indian Peafowl (Pavo

cristatus), Python molurus, and Panthera pardus

(Leopard) has been approved from the Office of

PPCF cum wildlife warden Panchkula, Haryana

vide letter no. 1912 dated 30th August 2018.

Enclosed as Annexure – VIII.

n Number of persons to be employed directly in the

project.

As per approved modified mining plan, 73 local

persons will be employed.

o Revised EIA after compliance of all the TOR conditions

and after making necessary changes as suggested by

the EAC.

The same has been noted and complied.

Legible copies of all annexure, certificate, and

reports have been submitted.

1.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK RELATED TO SAND MINING

Mining Leases for the mineral river sand are granted as provided in Haryana Minor Mineral

Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals and Prevention of Illegal Mining Rules,

2012 notified vide S.O. 45/ C.A. 67/ 1957/ S.15/ 2012 - In exercise of the powers conferred

by Sub-Section (1) of Section 15 and Section 23C of the Mines and Minerals (Development

and Regulation) Act, 1957 (67 of 1957).

Any minor mineral deposits, where the Government decides such areas to be operated

under a lease, may be granted on mining lease following a competitive bid process as

provided under Chapter 7 of these rules.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 11

The period of Mining Lease granted for the associated minor mineral(s) shall be co-

terminus with period of lease of major mineral(s) but shall not exceed a period of 10 Years.

A mining lease, originally granted under rule 9, may be renewed only once over and above

the original lease period, for such period as considered appropriate but not exceeding ten

years on expiry of the original lease period, subject to strict compliance of the terms and

conditions of the grant, lease agreement and other approvals or permission for mining

granted by Central or State agencies.

As per Rule 57 (Special conditions for river-bed mining), following conditions shall be

applicable for excavation of minor mineral(s) from river beds in order to ensure safety

of river-beds, structures and the adjoining areas:-

(i) No mining would be permissible in a river-bed up to a distance of five times of the span of

a bridge on up-stream side and ten times the span of such bridge on down-stream side,

subject to a minimum of 250 metres on the up-stream side and 500 metres on the down-

stream side;

(ii) There shall be maintained an un-mined block of 50 meters width after every block of 1000

meters over which mining is undertaken or at such distance as may be directed by the

Director or any Officer authorized by him;

(iii) The maximum depth of mining in the river-bed shall not exceed three metres measured

from the un-mined bed level at any point in time with proper bench formation;

(iv) Mining shall be restricted within the central 3/4th width of the river/ rivulet;

(v) No mining shall be permissible in an area up to a width of 500 meters from the active

edges of embankments in case of river Yamuna, 250 metres in case of Tangri, Markanda

and Ghaggar and 100 meters on either side of all other rivers/ rivulets; (vi) Any other

condition(s), as may be required by the Irrigation Department of the State from time to

time for river-bed mining in consultation with the Mines & Geology Department, may be

made applicable to the mining operations in riverbeds.

The Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (formerly Ministry of

Environment & Forests), New Delhi in perpetuation of the directive of the Apex court in

reference to the SLP (C) No. 729-731/2011, 21833/ 2009, 12498 – 499/ 2010, SLP (C)

CC….16157/ 2011 & CC 18235/ 2011 issued guidelines on Sand Mining.

1.2.1 SITE HISTORY

Present project is for mining the sand from river bed using light vehicles. Lease has been

allotted through auction under Haryana Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 12

Transportation of Minerals, and Prevention of Illegal Mining Rules, 2012. Mining will be

done on river bed (excluding the river flow). Bed is surrounded by banks on both side with

a height of 2-4 meters and more at places and it is stabilized by riparian vegetation/grass.

Agriculture is being practiced adjacent to proposed mine lease.

1.3 SAND MINING

The main purpose of Boulder, Gravel and Sand Mining is given below:-

This is very essential to prevent the riverbed from becoming shallow due to the

deposition of sediments.

If riverbed sand is not mined, the widening of river banks will result in excessive

erosion; causing further damage to flora, agricultural land and settlements situated in

close proximity.

If the river bed becomes shallow the course of the river might change and the water

retention capacity will also decrease.

Protecting river banks and avoiding floods.

Reducing submergence of adjoining agricultural lands.

Protection of crops being cultivated along the river bank.

Reducing aggradations of river level.

Generating useful economic resource for construction.

Generating employment.

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s Tirupati Roadways, Panchkula, Haryana has offered the highest bid of Rs.

11,72,50,000/- and obtained the mining lease for an area of 45.00 Ha. situated at Village –

Rattewali, Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana through e-auction by the State

Government web portal for a period of seven years only. The cost of the project is Rs. 7.0

Crore.

Name & Address of the

Applicant

: M/s Tirupati Roadways

Sh. Lakhmir Singh Sabharwal

#3, Sadashiv Properties, Katras Road, Bank More,

Dhanbad, Jharkhand – 826001.

Email: [email protected]

Phone No.:- 09431121931, 9263181111




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 13

Auction for mining leases for the mineral river sand are granted as provided in Haryana

Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals, and Prevention of

Illegal Mining Rules, 2012 notified vide S.O. 45/ C.A.67/ 1957/ S.15/ 2012 - In exercise of

the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 15 and section 23C of the Mines and

Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 (67 of 1957) “Any minor mineral deposits,

where the government decides such areas to be operated under a lease, may be granted on

mining lease following a competitive bid process as provided under Chapter 7 of these rules”.

Detail of the villages located in the lease area is presented in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Detail of Villages present in Lease Area

Village Khasra No. Area (Ha.)

Rattewali 141 mean 45.00

Total 45.00 Ha.

1.5 EIA PROCESS

Mining leases for the mineral Boulder, Gravel and Sand are granted as provided in Haryana

Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals and Prevention of

Illegal Mining Rules, 2012 notified vide S.O. 45 / C.A. 67/ 1957/ S.15/ 2012 - In exercise of

the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 15 and section 23C of the Mines and

Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 (67 of 1957). As per these notifications it

is mandatory to obtain Environmental Clearance for Minor Mineral (Bajri) as per the

Notification of MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

As per the Gazette Notification dated 14th September’ 2006 and its subsequent

amendments, the project is classified as “A” category project. The Environmental Clearance

process for the proposed project will comprise of three stages. These stages in sequential

order are:-

1. Scoping

2. Public consultation

3. Appraisal

The flow chart depicting these stages to obtain the prior Environmental Clearance for the

project is as given below in Figure 1.1.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 14

Figure 1.1: Flow Chart Showing the Stages for Obtaining Prior Environmental Clearance

1.6 LEGAL PROVISO

Legal Proviso Letter Nos. Date Annexure Nos.

Letter of Intent (LOI) DMG/ HY/ Cont/ Rattewali Block/

PKL B 10/ 2017/ 2658

16.06.2017

(For a period of 7 Years)

XII

Mining Plan with

PMCP

DMG/ HY/ B-20/ Rattewali Block

PKL Block-10/ 2017/ 405-408.

24.01.2018 XI

Aravalli Sanction Information under RTI Act 2005 19.09.2017 II

Display on MoEF&CC Website

Project Concept

Form 1, Pre-feasibility Project Report with Proposed TOR to MoEF&CC (EAC)

Scoping by EAC (Site visit by sub group of EAC, if necessary)

TOR approved by EAC EC - rejected by MoEF&CC on recommendation of EAC

Draft EIA Report to SPCB

by Project Proponent

Public Consultation process by SPCB

Summary EIA and Form 1 – display

on the Website by SPCB

Proceedings of Public Consultation

Appraisal and Recommendation by EAC

Display at Panchayat, ZP, DM/DC/

Dy. Com & on the SPCB website

To Proponent for Submission of Final EIA

Report/Supplementary Report to Draft EIA

Approval by MoEF&CC

Rejected Approved Display on MoEF&CC Website & Project Proponent Website

Post EC

Monitoring

Submission of half yearly Compliance

Report to MoEF&CC/ RO-MoEF&CC

Display of Compliance Report

on MoEF&CC Website

Query Raised Reply submission and

Reconsideration




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 15

letter vide letter no. 5113.

No Forest land Information under RTI Act 2005

vide letter no. 5113.

19.09.2017 II

Authenticated Land

Use

Information under RTI Act 2005


19.09.2017 II

Authenticated List of

Flora and Fauna

Information under RTI Act 2005


19.09.2017 II

Modification in MP

with PMCP

DMG/HY/MP/ Rattewali Block/

PKL B – 10/ 2017/ 3989 – 92

07.08.2018 XI

Conservation Plan of

Schedule – I Species.

Letter No. Nil 29.11.2017 VII

NBWL Application Online Proposal No. –

FP/HR/MIN/1851/2017

09.03.2018 XXIV

Public Hearing -- 17.04.2018 at 03:00 PM VI

NOC from CGWA Nil 26.04.2018. VII

No litigation is pending against the project in the court of law as the information provided by Project

Proponent.

Letter of Intent has been issued by Director of Mines & Geology, Department Haryana

vide Memo no. DMG/ HY/ Cont. / Rattewali Block/ PKL B 10/ 2017/ 2658 dated

16.06.2017 for a period of 7 Years. Enclosed as Annexure – XII.

Mining Plan along with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been approved from the

Office of Director General, Mines & Geology, Chandigarh, Haryana vide no. DMG/ HY/

MP/ Rattewali Block/ PKL/ B-20/ 2017/ 405 - 408 dated 24.01.2018 for capacity

19,00,000 TPA. Enclosed as Annexure – XXV.

Modification in Mining Plan along with Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been

approved from the Office of Director General, Mines & Geology, Chandigarh, Haryana

vide no. DMG/HY/ MP/ Rattewali Block/ PKL B-10/ 2017/ 3989 – 92 dated 07.08.2018.

Enclosed as Annexure – XI.

A confirmation regarding Aravalli Range has been obtained Information under RTI Act

2005 vide letter no. 5113 dated 19.09.2017. Enclosed as Annexure – II.

Authenticated list of flora and fauna has been obtained Office of the District Forest,

Morni Pinjore District Office, Haryana vide letter no. 5113 dated 19.09.2017. Enclosed

as Annexure – II.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 16

There is no forest land involved in the mining lease area. The same has been

authenticated from the Office of the District Forest, Morni Pinjore District Office,

Haryana vide letter no. 5113 dated 19.09.2017. Enclosed as Annexure – II.

A Wildlife Sanctuary Khol Hai Raitan is situated at a distance of 1.98 Km towards N

direction from the mine site. Online application for NOC from NBWL has been submitted

vide proposal no. FP/HR/MIN/1851/2017. Enclosed as Annexure – XXIV. There is no

other National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Migratory routes of fauna and National

Monument within 10km periphery of the lease area and as per secondary available.

Enclosed as Annexure – II.

The Conservation Plan for Pavo cristatus, Python molurus, and Panthera pardus has

been approved from the Office of PPCF cum wildlife warden Panchkula, Haryana

vide letter no. 1912 dated 30th August 2018. Enclosed as Annexure – VIII.

Public hearing has been successfully executed on dated 17.04.2018 at 3:00 PM, as per

the guidelines given in EIA Notification 14th September’ 2006 and its subsequent

amendment. Minutes of meeting enclosed as Annexure – VI.

Application for ground water withdrawal has been submitted to the Office of CGWA,

North Western Region, Chandigarh vide letter no. Nil dated 26.04.2018 for a capacity to

the tune of 120 KLD. Receipt is enclosed as Annexure – VII.

No litigation is pending against the project in the court of law as the information

provided by Project Proponent.

1.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Applicant Tirupati Roadways

2. Authorized Signatory Lakhmir Singh Sabharwal (Proprietor)

3. Project Name Mining of Boulder, Gravel and Sand.

4. Location Village – Rattewali, Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana.

5. Lease area 45.00 Ha.

6. Type of land Govt. Land (River Bed)

7. Project Cost Rs. 7.00 Crore

8. Man Power 73 Persons (approx.)

9. Water Demand & Source 53 KLD through tanker supply (tube wells) from Nearby Villages

10. Lowest & Highest Elevation 376 MSL – 358 MSL

11. Geological Reserves 35,10,000 Tonnes




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 17

12. Mineable Reserves 23,73,356 Tonnes

13. Targeted Production 19,00,000 TPA

14. Production Capacity 19,00,000 TPA

15. Life of Mine 7.0 Years

16. Type of Mining Open Cast Semi-Mechanized

17. End use of product Buildings, Bridges and other Infrastructure.

1.8 POINT WISE COMPLIANCE OF TOR

The application of Terms of Reference (TOR) for the proposed Mining of Boulder, Gravel

and Sand of Tirupati Roadways was online uploaded on dated 18.07.2017 at MoEF&CC, New

Delhi and the same was considered in the 31st Meeting of the Reconstituted Expert

Committee (Mining) held during August 29th - 30th 2017 was accorded approval vide letter

no. J-11015/ 76/ 2017-IA.II (M) dated 14.09.2017 (Annexure-V). The point wise

compliance of the TOR is as under:-

TOR

Ref.

TOR Detail Implementation / Plan

1. The Project Proponent needs to submit the

District Survey Report in the format as

given in the notification S. O. 141 (E) dated

15.01.2016.

The District Survey report for sustainable sand mining has

been obtained from the Office of Mining Engineer, DMG

Panchkula vide Memo No. DMG/HY/DSR/PKL/2017/2120

dated 24.04.2018. In reference to that a letter addressed to

“The Director, MoEF&CC, New Delhi” has been issued Memo

No. DMG/ HY/ DSR/ PKL/ 2017/ 3769 dated 31.07.2018

stating “It is informed that the DSR report already

notified on District Website, now is the final District

Survey Report, therefore, it is requested that the mining

projects of District Panchkula may be finalized for grant

of Environmental Clearance” is enclosed as Annexure –

XVII.

2. A detailed replenishment study for the

River Dudgarh.

Replenishment Study for the River Dudgarh has been given

in Section – VII, Sub- Section – 7.5 of EIA/ EMP Report.

3. Year – wise production details since 1994

should be given, clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one year prior

It is a greenfield project.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 18

to 1994. It may also be categorically

informed whether there had been any

increase in production after the EIA

Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t the

highest production achieved prior to 1994.

4. A copy of the document in support of the

fact that the Proponent is the rightful

lessee of the mine should be given.

Letter of Intent has been issued from the Office of

Department of Mines and Geolgoy, Haryana vide Memo No.

DMG/ HY/ Cont. / Rattewali Block/ PKL B 10/ 2017/ 2658

dated 16.06.2017. Enclosed as Annexure – XII.

This specifies the PP is the rightful lessee.

5. All documents including approved Mine

Plan, EIA and Public Hearing should be

compatible with one another in terms of

the mine lease area, production levels,

waste generation and its management,

mining technology etc. and should be in

the name of lessee.

As desired all the documents including approved Mining

Plan, EIA and Public Hearing are compatible with one

another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels,

waste generation and its management.

6. All corner coordinates of the mine lease

area, superimposed on a High Resolution

Imagery/ toposheet; topographic sheet,

geomorphology and geology of the area

should be provided. Such an Imagery of

the proposed area should clearly show the

land use and other ecological features of

the study area (core and buffer zone).

Corner coordinates of the mining lease area along with

other ecological features of the study area (Core and Buffer

Zone) have been provided on map interpreted/ generated

by the data obtained from LISS-IV sensor data of IRS-P6

satellite with resolution of 5.8m. Enclosed as Annexure -

XXVI.

7. Information should be provided in Survey

of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale

indicating geological map of the area,

geomorphology of land forms of the area,

existing minerals and mining history of the

area, important water bodies, streams and

rivers and soil characteristics.

The geological map of the area, geomorphology of land

forms of the area, existing minerals, water bodies, streams

and river has been shown on the toposheet. Enclosed as

Annexure - XXVII.

8. Details about the land proposed for mining The Mining is being done as per the Haryana Minor Mineral




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 19

activities should be given with information

as to whether mining conforms to the land

use policy of the State; land diversion for

mining should have approval from State

Land Use Board or the concerned

authority.

Concession Rules, 2012 for extraction of mineral.

Letter of Intent has been issued from the Office of

Department of Mines and Geology, Haryana vide Memo No.

DMG/ HY/ Cont. / Rattewali Block/ PKL B 10/ 2017/ 2658

dated 16.06.2017 in favour of Tirupati Roadways. Enclosed

as Annexure – XII.

9. It should be clearly stated whether the

Proponent Company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board

of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in

the EIA report with description of the

prescribed operating process/ procedures

to bring into focus any infringement/

deviation/ violation of the environmental

or forest norms/ conditions?

Environmental Policy

The Company has a well laid down Environmental Policy

duly being executed under the supervision of

Environmental Cell. Enclosed as Annexure - XXVIII.

Standard Operating Procedure

The applicant has well defined procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the

environmental and forest norms. Enclosed as Annexure -

XXIX.

The hierarchical system or administrative

order of the Company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions may

also be given.

Applicant has well defined hierarchical system to deal with

the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with

the environmental clearance conditions. Enclosed as

Annexure - XXX.

The system of reporting of non-

compliances/ violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the

Company and/ or shareholders or

stakeholders at large may also be detailed

in the EIA report.

Management Representative will appraise the highest

authority on quarterly basis regarding the performance of

the mine on environmental measures. Management

Representative will also post the same on firm’s website

accessible to public domains. Enclosed as Annexure - XXXI.

10. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open

cast mining, blasting study etc. should be

detailed. The proposed safeguard

measures in each case should also be

provided.

No underground workings exist in the lease area. Hence,

subsidence study is not required.

Slope Study

It is a Boulder, Gravel and Sand Mining project. 7.5m offset

has been left for the safety of river bank and the working

depth of mining is only 3.0m from the bed level or 2.0m

above the ground water. No mining will be carried out up to




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 20

250m on the up-stream and 500m on the downstream.

Hence, slope study will not be required.

Blasting Study

No blasting is proposed, as the mineral is loose in nature.

11. The study area will comprise of 10 Km

zone around the mine lease from lease

periphery and the data contained in the

EIA such as waste generation etc. should

be for the life of the mine/ lease period.

The study area (10km zone) around the mine lease from

lease periphery has been considered. Enclosed as

Annexure - I.

It is a dry river bed sand mining project. Hence, there will

be no waste generation during the mineral extraction.

12. Land use of the study area delineating

forest area, agricultural land, grazing land,

Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park,

migratory routes of fauna, water bodies,

human settlements and other ecological

features should be indicated. Land use

plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases

and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of

land use should be given.

The land use of the study area showing agriculture land,

water bodies, human settlement etc. has been given at

Section- III, Sub- Section - 3.5 of EIA/ EMP Report.

A Wildlife Sanctuary Khol Hai Raitan is situated at a

distance of 1.98 Km towards N direction from the mine

site.

There is no other National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Migratory routes of fauna and National Monument within

10km periphery of the lease area and as per secondary

available.

Map showing land use of the study area by using Satellite

Imagery is enclosed as Annexure –XXXII.

Land use plan of the mine lease area to encompass pre-

operational, operational and post–operational phases is

given in Section – II, Sub-section - 2.4.5 of EIA/ EMP

Report.

Change of Land use

There will be insignificant impact on change of land use as

the lease area is river bed. Mining will be done from

upstream to downstream side and will be carried up to

3.0m depth, while the water level is approx. 8.0 (Post-

monsoon) below the surface of river bed. The movement of

water will not be obstructed during the monsoon period in

the river course.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 21

13. Details of the land for any overburden

dumps outside the mine lease, such as

extent of land area, distance from mine

lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any,

should be given.

No OB/ waste will be generated during mining

operations in river bed mining project. Hence, no OB

dump is proposed outside the mine lease area.

As the mining is in river bed classified as Govt. land

(River Bed). Hence, no R & R issues are involved.

14. A certificate from the Competent Authority

in the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project area. In

the event of any contrary claim by the

Project Proponent regarding the status of

forests, the site may be inspected by the

State Forest Department along with the

Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain

the status of forests, based on which, the

Certificate in this regard as mentioned

above be issued. In all such cases, it would

be desirable for representative of the State

Forest Department to assist the Expert

Appraisal Committees.

There is no forest land involved in the mining lease area.

The same has been authenticated from the Office of the

District Forest, Morni Pinjore District Office, Haryana vide

letter no. 5113 dated 19.09.2017. Enclosed as Annexure –

II.

15. Status of forestry clearance for the broken

up area and virgin forestland involved in

the Project including deposition of net

present value (NPV) and compensatory

afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A

copy of the forestry clearance should also

be furnished.

There is no forest land involved in the mining lease area.

The same has been authenticated from the Office of the

District Forest, Morni Pinjore District Office, Haryana vide

letter no. 5113 dated 19.09.2017. Enclosed as Annexure –

II.

16. Implementation status of recognition of

forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes

and other Traditional Forest Dwellers

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006

should be indicated.

The area is not covered under Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)

Act, 2006. Hence, it is not applicable.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 22

17. The vegetation in the RF/ PF areas in the

study area, with necessary details, should

be given.

The detail of the RF/ PF located within the study area are

given below:-

Name of RF/ PF Near Village Distance (Km) and Direction

(From Lease Boundary)

Vegetation

Palasra PF Palasra 2.3, NW

Semi-arid

vegetation

Paonta PF Paonta 2.8, E

Rajpura PF Rajpura 3.0, E

Kadana PF Kadana 4.8, SE

Bhoj Mataur PF Bhoj Mataur 2.1, NW

Nadlan PF Nadlan 4.6, NW

Naita PF Naita 7.7, NNE

Dharti PF Dharti 6.3, NNE

Balag PF Balag 6.5, ENE

Mataur PF Mataur 7.2, N

Khol Hi Raita RF Khol Hi Raita 7.6 NW

18. A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of

the study area and details furnished.

Impact of the project on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other protected area

and accordingly detailed mitigative

measures required, should be worked out

with cost implications and submitted.

Three schedule – I specie i.e. Python molurus, Pavo cristatus

(Pea-fowl) and Panthera pardus (Leopard) were reported in

the buffer zone of the study area.

Impact on the Wildlife

There is no impact due to mining activity.

The activities involve less use of machineries, so impact

due to noise generation is insignificant.

Nearest PF Kalanur RF is situated at a distance of 2.1 km,

NW which is on the other side of the bank where less

traffic movement will be undertaken.

To protect the riparian vegetation a safety zone of 7.5m

has been left to support the habitat of avifaunal species.

Mitigation Measures

Conservation Plan for schedule – I species Peafowl,

Leopard and Python has been made an amount of Rs.

15.00 Lacs has been earmarked.

As the part of Social Forestry Programme, to increase the

green cover of the study area, it is proposed to provide

22500 saplings (within five years) to the nearest schools,

PHC’s, community halls, Panchayat Bhawan and




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 23

approach road etc. It will act as a barrier for air

pollutants as well as noise. It will also help to enhance

the aesthetic beauty of the area.

About Rs. 15.00 Lacs will be spent on the various activity

related to plantation, water bodies, awareness

programme for conservation of Peacock, Leopard and

Python.

19. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors,

Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/ (existing as

well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of

the mine lease should be clearly indicated,

supported by a location map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden.

Necessary clearance, as may be applicable

to such projects due to proximity of the

ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned

above, should be obtained from the

Standing Committee of National Board of

Wildlife and copy furnished.

A Wildlife Sanctuary Khol Hai Raitan is situated at a

distance of 1.98 Km towards N direction from the mine

site.

Application for online submission of Part – I has been

uploaded for necessary clearance from NBWL on dated

09.03.2018. Enclosed as Annexure – XXIV.

There is no other National Parks, Biosphere Reserves,

Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves (existing) is

situated within 10 Km of the mining lease area as

depicted from the primary survey and the available

secondary data.

20. A detailed biological study of the study

area [core zone and buffer zone (10 Km

radius of the periphery of the mine lease)]

shall be carried out. Details of flora and

fauna, endangered, endemic and RET

Species duly authenticated, separately for

core and buffer zone should be furnished

based on such primary field survey, clearly

indicating the Schedule of the fauna

present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna

found in the study area, the necessary plan

along with budgetary provisions for their

conservation should be prepared in

Schedule – I fauna Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus),

Python (Python molurus), and Leopard (Panthera pardus)

have been reported in the buffer zone during the study

period.

The Conservation Plan for Indian Peafowl (Pavo

cristatus), Python molurus, and Panthera pardus

(Leopard) has been approved from the Office of PPCF

cum wildlife warden Panchkula, Haryana vide letter no.

1912 dated 30th August 2018. Enclosed as Annexure –

VIII.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 24

consultation with State Forest and Wildlife

Department and details furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as

part of the project cost.

21. Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically

Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to

come under the ‘Aravali Range’, (attracting

court restrictions for mining operations),

should also be indicated and where so

required, clearance certifications from the

prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB

or State Mining Department should be

secured and furnished to the effect that

the proposed mining activities could be

considered.

The lease area does not fall in critically polluted areas.

A confirmation regarding Aravalli Range has been obtained

Information under RTI Act 2005 vide letter no. 5113 dated

19.09.2017. Enclosed as Annexure – II.

22. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the

authorized agencies demarcating LTL.

HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease

w. r. t. CRZ, coastal features such as

mangroves, if any, should be furnished.

(Note: The Mining Projects falling under

CRZ would also need to obtain approval of

the concerned Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

The lease area does not falls in CRZ.

23. R & R Plan/ compensation details for the

Project Affected People (PAP) should be

furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan,

the relevant State/ National Rehabilitation

& Resettlement Policy should be kept in

view. In respect of SCs/ STs and other

weaker sections of the society in the study

The Mining lease is river bed classified as Govt. Land (River

Bed). Hence, no R & R issues are involved in the core zone.

As per the RFCTLARR Act’ 2013 (Right to Fair

Compensation, Transparency in Land Acquisition,

Rehabilitation & Resettlement) is not applicable in this

project.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 25

area, a need based sample survey, family-

wise, should be undertaken to assess their

requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of

line departments of the State Government.

It may be clearly brought out whether the

village located in the mine lease area will

be shifted or not. The issues relating to

shifting of village including their R&R and

socio-economic aspects should be

discussed in the report.

24. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March –

May (Summer Season); October –

December (Post-Monsoon); December –

February (Winter Season)] primary

baseline data on ambient air quality as per

CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality,

noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall

be collected and the AAQ and other data so

compiled presented date wise in the EIA

and EMP Report. Site-specific

meteorological data should also be

collected. The location of the monitoring

stations should be such as to represent

whole of the study area and justified

keeping in view the pre-dominant

downwind direction and location of

sensitive receptors. There should be at

least one monitoring station within 500 m

of the mine lease in the pre-dominant

downwind direction. The mineralogical

composition of PM10, particularly for free

One season data i.e. for Post - Monsoon (October,

November and December’ 2017) was collected by

former ACO, Vardhan Environet, Gurgaon (Former

Consultant).

S.

No.

Particulars Table No.

1. Land Environment (Soil) 3.4

2. Water Environment 3.5 & 3.6

3. Meteorological Data 3.7

4. Ambient Air Quality 3.12

5. Noise Level 3.15

6. Biological Environment 3.8.2

7. Socio-Economic Environment 3.26

AAQ data includes PM10, PM2.5, NOX, SO2 and CO

including mineralogical composition of PM10

particularly for free silica.

The detailed report along with data generated for air

pollutants and micro-meteorological parameters are

given in Section – III of EIA/ EMP Report at the

following pages:-




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 26

silica, should be given.

Sampling Location Distance (Km) Direction Components Remarks

Mine Site -- -- Air, Noise, Soil --

Rattewali 562m SSW Air, Noise, Water, Soil Sensitive receptor near mine

site

Parwala 2.0 SE Air, Noise, Water, Soil Crosswind

Rajpura PF Near

Bharoli 4.8 ESE

Air, Noise, Water, Soil Sensitive receptor near

Rajpura PF

Raipur Rani 6.8 SSE Air, Noise, Water, Soil Downwind

Alipur 5.68 SW Air, Noise, Water, Soil --

Khetprali 5.87 SSW Air, Noise, Water Upwind direction

Dudhgarh River -- -- Surface Water --

Near Village Rattewali -- -- Surface Water Downstream

Dangri River 5.0 SE Surface Water --

Mattanwali River 3.44 W Surface Water --

Mineralogical Composition of PM10

S. No. Characteristics Units Values

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

(1178 m3 sample Volume)

µg/m3 80.7

2. Silica µg/m3 2.7

The chemical characterization of PM10 is given below:-

Location Name: Mine Site Date of Sampling: 03.12.2017

S. No. Characteristics Units Mine Site

1. Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10) µg/m3 80.7

2. Calcium as Ca µg/m3 1.53

3. Magnesium as Mg µg/m3 0.57

4. Lead as Pb µg/m3 0.07

5. Nickel as Ni µg/m3 <0.5

Environmental Monitoring Report is enclosed as Annexure – XIX.

25. Air quality modeling should be carried out

for prediction of impact of the project on

the air quality of the area. It should also

take into account the impact of movement

of vehicles for transportation of mineral.

The details of the model used and input

In order to predict the particulate emissions, AERMOD

Version 7.1.0 model was used to predict changes in air

quality i.e., maximum ground level concentration (GLC’s) of

PM10, PM2.5, NOX and CO due to the mining activity. The

inputs required for the model are:-

Hourly Meteorological Data.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 27

parameters used for modeling should be

provided. The air quality contours may be

shown on a location map clearly indicating

the location of the site, location of

sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind roses showing pre-

dominant wind direction may also be

indicated on the map.

Source Data.

Receptor Data.

Programme Control Parameters.

The detail has been given in Section - IV, Sub- Section - 4.4

of EIA/ EMP Report.

26. The water requirement for the project, its

availability and source should be

furnished. A detailed water balance should

also be provided. Fresh water requirement

for the project should be indicated.

The daily water demand will be 53 KLD, out of which 2.5

KLD will be used for domestic purpose, 5.5 KLD for dust

suppression and 45.0 KLD for plantation.

Water will be obtained through tanker supply from near

villages (tub-wells).

Application for ground water withdrawal has been

submitted to the Office of CGWA, North Western Region,

Chandigarh vide letter no. Nil dated 26.04.2018 for a

capacity to the tune of 120 KLD. Receipt is enclosed as

Annexure – VII.

Detailed water balance has been given in Section- II, Sub-

Section -2.4.2 of EIA/ EMP Report.

27. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the Project should be provided.

Application for ground water withdrawal has been

submitted to the Office of CGWA, North Western Region,

Chandigarh vide letter no. nil dated 26.04.2018 for a

capacity to the tune of 120 KLD. Receipt is enclosed as

Annexure – VII.

28. Description of water conservation

measures proposed to be adopted in the

project should be given.

To conserve water following measures will be adopted:-

Mobile toilets with modular septic tank having efficient

water utilization capacity (low facets water requirement

for flushing) will be used.

Atomized water sprinklers will be used to minimize the

air borne dust emissions on haul roads.

Rain water harvesting structure will be constructed to

augment the water table.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 28

Post-monsoon and Pre-monsoon groundwater level will

be monitored regularly.

Details of rainwater harvesting proposed

in the Project, if any, should be provided.

It is a dry river bed mining project. Hence, no rain water

harvesting structure is proposed within the lease area. As a

part of CER activity, rain water harvesting structures are

proposed in the nearby villages like Rattewali, Tibbi etc.

29. Impact of the project on the water quality,

both surface and groundwater should be

assessed and necessary safeguard

measures, if any required, should be

provided.

Impact on Surface Water

The Dudhgarh River where the mining is undertaken is

dry bed. The mining activity will be confined only in dry

season and in the monsoon when the river flows, there

will be no mining activity. Hence, impact on surface

water is insignificant.

Impact on Ground Water

The groundwater table was observed to be approx 8.0m

below the riverbed level and there will be no intersection

of ground water table as mining activity will be restricted

up to 3.0m from bed level or 2.0m above the ground

water table.

Mitigation

Hydro-census will be carried out in the downstream

wells to monitor the quality, fluctuation etc.

The domestic waste water generated will be channelized

to septic tank followed by soak pit.

The budget allocated for water pollution measures has been

incorporated in Environmental Protection Measures in

Section – VIII of EIA/ EMP Report.

30. Based on actual monitored data, it may

clearly be shown whether working will

intersect groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be

provided. In case the working will

intersect groundwater table, a detailed

Hydrogeological study should be

The detail of the elevation, ground water table and working

level of bed is given below:-

S. No. Particulars Levels

(MSL)

BGL

(m)

1. Highest Elevation–Starting Point

Highest Elevation – End Point

376

358

--

--

2. Working Level – Starting Point

Working Level – End Point

373

355 3




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 29

undertaken and Report furnished. The

Report inter-alia, shall include details of

the aquifers present and impact of mining

activities on these aquifers. Necessary

permission from Central Ground Water

Authority for working below ground water

and for pumping of ground water should

also be obtained and copy furnished.

3. Groundwater Level –Starting Point

Groundwater Level – End Point

368

350 8

The working depth of mining will be restricted to 3.0m from

river bed or 2.0m above the ground water table, whichever

is less. Hence, ground water table will not be intersected.

31. Details of any stream, seasonal or

otherwise, passing through the lease area

and modification/ diversion proposed, if

any, and the impact of the same on the

hydrology should be brought out.

The lease area is situated in the river bed of Dudhgarh

The sand will be mined out from dry bed only.

The working depth of mining will be restricted to 3.0 m

from the river bed or 2.0 m above the ground water table,

whichever is less.

Therefore, no intersection of water table will occur.

Hence, project will not cause any significant impact on

hydrology.

32. Information on site elevation, working

depth, groundwater table etc. should be

provided both in AMSL and bgl. A

schematic diagram may also be provided

for the same.

The detail of the elevation, ground water table and working

level of bed is given below:-

S. No. Particulars Levels

(MSL)

BGL

(m)

1. Highest Elevation–Starting Point

Highest Elevation – End Point

376

358

--

--

2. Working Level – Starting Point

Working Level – End Point

373

355 3

3. Groundwater Level –Starting Point

Groundwater Level – End Point

368

350 8




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 30

33. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and

time frame) and submitted, keeping in

mind, the same will have to be executed up

front on commencement of the project.

Phase – wise plan of plantation and

compensatory afforestation should be

charted clearly indicating the area to be

covered under plantation and the species

to be planted. The details of plantation

already should be given. The plant species

selected for green belt should have greater

ecological value and should be of good

utility value to the local population with

emphasis on local and native species and

the species which are tolerant to pollution.

The project is linear dry bed mining confined to river bed

only. Thus, there is no scope for plantation in the lease area.

It is proposed to develop greenbelt as social forestry

programme in the approach villages at public places like

School, PHC’s, Panchayat Bhawan with due permission from

Panchayat and in consultation with Forest Department.

Predominance will be given to school and PHC’s.

The list of plant species to be planted along with action plan

have been given in Section – X, Sub – Section – 10.6 of

EIA/ EMP Report.

34. Impact on local transport infrastructure

due to the Project should be indicated.

Projected increase in truck traffic as a

result of the Project in the present road

Impact on local transport Infrastructure

The river bed mining is being undertaken since years

therefore well established road network is already

present.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 31

network (including those outside the

Project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of

handling the incremental load.

Arrangement for improving the

infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such

as State Government) should be covered.

Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of

Transportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

The lease area having separate entry and exit as depicted

in the figure as given in Section – II, Sub-Section – 2.1

of EIA/ EMP Report.

Analysis of traffic density was carried out. At present the

traffic density on the nearest paved road is 150 approx.

vehicles hourly. Due to mining activities, 283 trips per

day will be added to the traffic. Hence; total traffic load

will be 28-29 Vehicles/ hr.

Hence, there will be no significant impact due to the

mining activities, as the existing road network is

adequate to cater the additional load contributed by

mining activities.

Project Proponent will contribute for improvement and

maintenance of road in consultation with PWD.

35. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities

to be provided to the mine workers should

be included in the EIA report.

According to Mines Rule 1955, following temporary

infrastructure facilities will be provided:-

Mine Office (On-site and Offsite);

Rest Shelter;

Drinking Water Facilities;

Conservancy Facilities;

First-Aid Facilities

36. Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate

number of sections) should be given in the

EIA report.

Excavation of boulder, gravel and sand will be done

only up to 3.0m from the river bed or 2.0m above the

ground water table.

River will be replenished up to some extent naturally

by sediments during rainy season.

However, it will be ensured that river bed surface is

uniformly extracted so that there is no ponding or

irregular water accumulation in pits.

Hence, no reclamation and restoration activity has been

carried out.

Cross section of working depth is given in point no. 32.

37. Occupational Health impacts of the Project Occupational health impacts of river bed sand mining is




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 32

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail.

Details of pre-placement medical

examination and periodical medical

examination schedules should be

incorporated in the EMP. The project

specific occupational health mitigation

measures with required facilities

proposed in the mining area may be

detailed.

very remote. However, such evidences have not been

proven so far, though the mining is undertaken for years.

No records for any occupational health problems were

reported during the primary survey. However, in case of

health implications will be reported, following mitigation

measures will be adopted:-

All employees will be trained, educated and encouraged

to follow best and safe work practices in their working

environment.

Personnel Protective Equipments like face mask,

earmuffs, ear plugs, gloves, safety goggles and safety

boots is being provided.

All workers will be subjected to Initial Medical

Examination as per Mines Rule 1955 both at times of

appointment and Periodical Medical Examination at least

once in five years.

First aid trained personnel’s, first aid stations fully

equipped as per Mines Rules 1955 and first aid kits will

be made available all the time.

Awareness programme regarding the use, maintenance

and up-keep of respirators will be conducted on regular

basis so that employees are trained to handle the

equipment properly.

The schedule Pre-placement Medical Examination and

Periodical Medical Examination has been incorporated in

the EMP of Section – X.

38. Public health implications of the project

and related activities for the population in

the impact zone should be systematically

evaluated and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along with

budgetary allocations.

The impact zone was identified based on incremental GLC’s.

It was observed to be 2 – 3Km around the mineral

transportation routes. To minimize the impact due to dust

generation following precautions will be taken:-

The transportation route will be tried to bypass the

villages falling in the impact zone.

Plantation will be carried out along the bypass road.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 33

Due to unavoidable circumstances, if villages cannot be

bypass and vehicles have to move through the villages,

the speed of the vehicles will be maintained low

(25Kmph). It will minimize the dust generation.

However, due to low speed more vehicular exhausts will

generate. To control the vehicular exhausts PUC

certified vehicles will be used.

39. Measures of Socio - Economic significance

and influence to the local community

proposed to be provided by the Project

Proponent should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative dimensions may be

given with time frames for

implementation.

During the operational phase by the implementation of

certain CER activities indirect employment will also

generate.

The details of measures of socio-economic significance and

influence proposed to the local community have been given

in Section – VII, Sub – Section - 7.7 of EIA/ EMP Report.

40. Detailed Environmental Management Plan

to mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the

impacts of change of land use, loss of

agricultural and grazing land, if any,

occupational health impacts besides other

impacts specific to the proposed Project.

Based on the baseline data and impact prediction, the

detailed Environmental Management Plan has been

prepared. All the possible environmental issues were

addressed properly.

The detailed Environmental Management Plan is given in

Section – IX.

Impact due to change of land use – Given in TOR point no.

– 8.

41. Public hearing points raised and

commitment of the project proponent on

the same along with time bound action

plan to implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated in the final

EIA/ EMP Report of the Project.

Public hearing has been successfully executed on dated

17.04.2018 at 3:00PM, as per the guidelines given in EIA

Notification 14th September’ 2006 and its subsequent

amendment.

Public Hearing notice was published in two regional news

paper one in English and other in Hindi:-

1. “The Tribune” – 14.03.2018 &

2. “Amar Ujala” – 14.03.2018.

3. Venue of Public Hearing – At Site, Village – Rattewali,

Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana

4. Public Hearing Panel chaired by – Sh. Mukul Kumar,




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 34

HCS, Additional District Magistrate, Panchkula and

Regional Officer, HSPCB – Sh. Vinay Gautam.

5. Members Present –92 Members

Issues raised and commitment of the Project Proponent

along with time bound action plan have been given in

Section – VII, Sub – Section - 7.1 of EIA/ EMP Report.

Minutes of Public Hearing are enclosed as Annexure –VI.

42. Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any, with direction/ order

passed by any Court of Law against the

project should be given.

No litigation is pending against the applicant and the lease

area in any court of law.

43. The cost of the project (Capital cost and

Recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be

spelt out.

S. No. Particulars Capital Cost

(In Rs.)

Recurring

Cost (In Rs.)

1. Project Cost 7.00 Crore --

2. EMP Cost 38.00 Lacs 30.0 Lacs

3. CER -- 14.00 Lacs

44. A Disaster Management Plan shall be

prepared and included in the EIA/ EMP

Report.

Disaster Management Plan has been given in Section – VII,

Sub-Section – 7.3 of EIA/ EMP Report.

45. Benefits of the project if the project is

implemented should be spelt out. The

benefits of the project shall clearly

indicate environmental, social, economic,

employment potential etc.

Mineral Boulder, Gravel and Sand extracted from this

mine will be used as a building material in building, road

and dam construction.

The mining and associated activities in the mineral

bearing areas bring about gains in gross domestic

product. India is considered a hub for Bajri supplies and

exports with low profit margins.

There is a large gap between the demand and supply of

sand. The proposed project aims to fill the demand – supply

gap through optimum allocation and excavation of natural

resources required to meet the demand effectively.

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points will also have to be followed:-

a. All documents to be properly referenced

with index and continuous page

All documents have been properly referenced with index,

page numbers and continuous page numbering.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 35

numbering.

b. Where data are presented in the report

especially in tables, the period in which

the data were collected and the sources

should be indicated.

The data presented in the report especially in table, along

with the period in which the data was collected and the

source has been incorporated.

c. Project Proponent shall enclose all the

analysis/ testing reports of water, air, soil,

noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/ NABL

accredited laboratories. All the original

analysis/ testing reports should be

available during appraisal of the project.

The Monitoring Report has been carried out by former ACO

Vardhan EnviroLab, Gurgaon. The analysis reports of water,

air, soil, noise etc. is enclosed as Annexure – XXI.

d. Where the documents provided are in a

language other than English, an English

translation should be provided.

English translation has been provided for each document of

Hindi.

e. The Questionnaire for Environmental

Appraisal of industrial projects as devised

by the Ministry shall also be filled and

submitted.

The questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining

projects as devised earlier by the Ministry is enclosed as

Annexure – XXXIII.

f. While preparing the EIA report, the

instructions for the Proponents and

instructions for the consultants issued by

MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II

(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are

available on the website of this Ministry

should also be followed.

All instruction mentioned in O.M. No. J-11013/ 41/ 2006-

IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009 are being complied with.

g. Changes, if any made in the basic scope

and project parameters (as submitted in

Form-I and the F.R for securing the TOR)

should be brought to the attention of

MoEF&CC with reasons for such changes

and permission should be sought, as the

TOR may also have to be altered. Post

Public Hearing changes in structure and

There is no change made in the basic scope and project

parameter.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 36

content of the draft EIA/ EMP (other than

modifications arising out of the P.H.

process) will entail conducting the PH

again with the revised documentation.

h. As per the circular no. J-11011/ 618/

2010-IA.II (I) dated 30.05.2012, you are

requested to submit certified report of

status of compliance of the conditions

stipulated in the environmental clearance

for the existing operations of the project

by the Regional Office of Ministry of

Environment & Forests, if applicable.

This is a new project. Hence, not applicable.

i. The EIA report should also include (i)

Surface Plan of the area indicating

contours of main topographic features,

drainage and mining area; (ii) Geological

maps and sections and (iii) Sections of the

mine pit and external dumps, if any,

clearly showing the land features of the

adjoining area.

S. No. Plans Annexure Nos.

1. Surface Plan XXXIV

2. Geological Maps and Sections XXXV

3. Sections of the mine pit XXXVI

1.9 POST - ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING

The project management will submit a half yearly compliance report in respect of stipulated

prior Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December of each

calendar year. The latest compliance report will be displayed on the website of the

concerned regulatory authority.

1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

In terms of EIA Notification of the MoEF&CC, New Delhi dated 14th September 2006 and its

subsequent amendments, the generic structure of the EIA document is as under:-

TABLE 1.3: GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA DOCUMENT

S. No. Chapters Page Nos.

1 Introduction 1-37




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 37

2 Project Description 38-46

3 Description of the Environment 47-101

4 Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures 102-119

5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) 120-121

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 122-128

7 Additional Studies 129-155

8 Project Benefits 156-160

9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 161-162

10 Environmental Management Plan 163-172

11 Summary & Conclusion 173-193

12 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged 194-196

****************

PROJECT:- BOULDER, GRAVEL & SAND MINING SECTION – II – PROJECT DESCRIPTION


DOCUMENT NO.:- – EESPL/TR-Boulder Gravel and Sand Mine/001/MP-EC-RS-

NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 38

SECTION - II

INDEX

2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................................... 39

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................. 40

2.3 AMENITIES/ FACILITIES ........................................................................................................... 40

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE (PROJECT REQUIREMENTS) .............................................................. 40

2.4.1 POWER ............................................................................................................................................ 40

2.4.2 NEAREST SOURCE OF WATER SUPPLY AND DEMAND ................................................... 41

2.4.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 41

2.4.4 LAND OWENERSHIP/OCCUPANCY ......................................................................................... 41

2.4.5 LAND USE PATTERN ................................................................................................................... 42

2.5 GEOLOGY ........................................................................................................................................ 42

2.5.1 REGIONAL GEOLOGY .................................................................................................................. 42

2.5.2 LOCAL GEOLOGY .......................................................................................................................... 43

2.5.3 GEOLOGICAL AND MINEABLE RESERVES ............................................................................ 44

2.5.4 PROPOSED RATE OF PRODUCTION AND LIFE OF THE MINE ....................................... 44

2.6 MINING ............................................................................................................................................ 45

2.6.1 METHOD OF WORKING ............................................................................................................. 45

2.6.2 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION ................................................................................................. 45

2.6.3 YEAR-WISE DEVELOPMENT IN NEXT FIVE YEARS ........................................................... 46

2.7 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN .................................................................................................... 46

2.7.1 FINAL SLOPE ANGLE TO BE ADOPTED ................................................................................. 46

2.7.2 ULTIMATE EXTENT & SIZE OF PIT ........................................................................................ 46

******************




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 39

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The river bed sand mining is located near village – Rattewali Block PKL-B-10 of Tehsil –

Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana. Mining Lease is 45.0 Ha. Aerial distance is around

1.80 Km between the starting and end point of the lease area. Total length of the lease area

is 1.80 km.

The connectivity to the nearest approach from mine site is given below:-

Table 2.1: Connectivity to the Mine Site

Figure 2.1: Transportation Route Map

Particulars Distance & Direction (From the Lease Boundary)

Nearest Railway Station Ghaggar ~ 14.00 Km, SW

Nearest Airport Chandigarh International Airport ~ 18.35Km, W

Nearest Highway Highway Connectivity Distance (Km) & Direction


NH – 73 Roorkee to Panchkula 5.50, WSW

SH - 1 Jagadhri- Raipur Rani Road 8.26, SSE




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 40

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

In India, sand mining is carried out over the years. But earlier the sand mining did not

require any Environmental Clearance. It is regulated by laws in many places, but is still

often done illegally. Earlier for excavation of riverbed sand, royalty contract was given by

Department of Mines & Geology. Uncontrolled sand mining from the riverbed leads to the

destruction of the entire river system. To control illegal mining, Hon'ble Supreme Court

stated in order given dated 27.02.2012 that all mining projects of minor minerals (including

river bed mining) and their renewal, irrespective of the size of the lease would henceforth

require prior Environment Clearance. Therefore, Ministry of Environment, Forests and

Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has issued guidelines on 18.05.2012 for Implementation of

Apex Court Order for mining projects of minor minerals for their Environmental Clearance.

Therefore, the riverbed sand mining project requires prior Environmental Clearance.

To regulate and minimize the impacts of riverbed sand mining; mining will be carried out

scientifically and systematically as per approved Mining Plan.

2.3 AMENITIES/ FACILITIES

The site services like rest room shelter, first-aid facility, mines office etc. will be provided to

workers at the mine site during operational phase. As per the guidelines no permanent

structure will be constructed within the lease area, interrupting the river course.

Temporary structures/ tents will be used as rest room for mine workers. In the rest room

drinking water and first aid facility will be provided.

However, the nearest basic amenities/ facilities available within 10km study area and is

given Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Basic Amenities/ Facilities within the Study Area

S. No. Nearest Amenities Distance & Direction


1. Police Station Barwala ~ 9.50 km, S

2. Post Office Kot ~ 4.40 km, WSW

3. Educational Facilities Parwala ~2.35 km, SE

4. Medical Facilities Ratewali ~ 450 m, SW

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE (PROJECT REQUIREMENTS)

2.4.1 POWER

Mining operations will be carried out during day time. Hence, No electricity is required.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 41

2.4.2 NEAREST SOURCE OF WATER SUPPLY AND DEMAND

The daily water demand will be 53 KLD, out of which 2.5 KLD water will be used for

domestic purpose, 5.5 KLD for dust suppression and 45 KLD for plantation. The water

demand will be met through groundwater abstraction from nearby wells.

WATER BALANCE

2.4.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

Total employment in the mining lease will be around 73 people. The local villagers will be

preferred for employment. Technical personnel will be employed on the basis of their

educational qualification and their availability. Semi-skilled and un-skilled workers will be

hired from the nearby villages. The list of technical and non-technical staff is presented in

Table 2.3.

Table 2.3: Man Power (Technical and Non-technical) Requirement

S. No. Category Numbers

1 Manager – 1st Class 1

2 Safety Officer/ Assistant Manager 1

3 Foreman/ Supervisor 1

4 Skilled Labour 60

5 Un-Skilled Personnel 10

Total 73

2.4.4 LAND OWENERSHIP/OCCUPANCY

S. No. Land Area (ha.) Ownership

1. Govt. Land (River Bed) 45.0 Government

Map showing land use of the lease area is enclosed as Annexure – XXXII.

Daily Water Demand – 53 KLD

Domestic – 2.5 KLD Dust Suppression – 5.5 KLD

Septic Tank 0.625 KLD

Consumption – 1.875 KLD

Plantation –45 KLD




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 42

2.4.5 LAND USE PATTERN

The land use for mining and allied purposes is given below:-

Table 2.4: Land Use Pattern

S.

No.

Particulars Present Land

Use (Ha.)

At the End of

5th Year (Ha.)

At the end of

9th Year (Ha.)

1. Pit Area -- 31.67 31.67

2. Safety Zone – Roads, bridges & anicuts, 7.5

m lease boundary, 25% restricted area for

river banks, 50 m barrier at each bank etc.

-- 13.33 13.33

3. Un-disturbed 45.0 -- --

Total 45.0 45.0 45.0

The Progressive Mine Closure Plan is enclosed as Annexure- XXXVII.

2.5 GEOLOGY

2.5.1 REGIONAL GEOLOGY

The North - Eastern and Central part of Haryana is predominantly characterized by

sedimentary lithology in the Sub-Himalayan zone comprising Subathus, Dagshais, Kasaulis

and Siwalikas. A general Regional startigraphic sequence in the area is given in the table.

Table No.2.5: Regional Stratigraphic Succession

Age Super

Group

Group Formation Lithology

Holocene Newer alluvium and newer

Aeolian deposits

Gravel ,sand, silt, clay, limestone,

gypsum

Lower to

upper

Pleistocene

Older alluvium and older

Aeolian Deposits

Gravel, grey sand silt, clay brown

sand, calcrete

Lower to

middle

Pleistocene

S

I

W

A

L

I

K

Upper

Siwalik

Boulder conglomerates

formation

Conglomerate, sandstone, silt, clay

Upper

Pliocene

Pinjore formation Coarse grit, red sand stone and clay

conglomerate

Tatrot formation Friable sandstone and variegated

clay

Middle

Siwalik

Dhokpathan formation Brown sandstone and orange clay

Middle Nagri formation Hard grey sand stone and mudstone




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 43

Miocene and minor shale

Lower

Siwalik

Nahan formation Coarse grity, clay and red sandstone

often calcareous, brownish shale

with lignite lenticles, greenish white

quartzite

Lower

Miocene

Sirmur Kausauli Formation Grey and greenstone, green shale and

grey clay

Dagsaj formation Purple and green sand stone, deep

red gitty, clay, white and stone

With ferruginous concretions

Upper

Eocene

Subathu formation Sand stone with gritu clay. Impure

fossiliferous limestone calcareous

slate greenish shale and dark brown

quartzite

Pre-

proterozoic

Tunda pathar Thickly bedded, stromatolite

limestone with carboniferous shale

and quartzite

(Source: - Geological Survey of India)

2.5.2 LOCAL GEOLOGY

The litho units encountered in the riverbed and surrounding areas belongs to the Siwalik

Super group. The sediments are river borne and has deposited in the riverbed and the flood

plains. The different formations of the area belong to Siwalik Super group and are a mixture

of boulders, pebbles, sand, silt and clay. The following sequences have been observed in the

area.

Soil/ Alluvium

Sand

There is no clear demarcation between the litho units. They have been deposit in a mixed

form. The Litho- Units exposed around the riverbed belong to Siwalik Super group the

mineral boulders, Gravel and Sand have formed by weathering of rocks and then deposition

on the flood plains of the rivers originated from the Siwaliks, these have been washed by

rainwater during rainy season and deposited in river bed in the from of boulder, gravels

and sand of different sizes and shapes. These minerals are sorted by screening. The max

depth of the minerals is not known.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 44

Soil /alluvium varying in thickness from 2-4 constitute the top horizons in the area suitable

for agriculture. Yamuna River meanders through the area exposing the alluvium and soil at

the banks. Boulders, gravel and sand is found in the river bed. Boulder, gravel and sand is

deposited up to great depths. this bed is presently dry and water flows only during the

rainy season the sand exposed in the river bed of Yamuna and surrounding area is the

product of the deposition of the sediments brought and deposited in flood plains river of

the river Yamuna these sediments area of recent geological formation . The litho units

exposed within the river and surrounding areas have formed as water borne sediments

brought by flood water during rainy season every year and deposited in river bed

Geological map section are enclosed.

Sand

Sediments of various sizes and in mixed from are predominantly deposited in the river bed

and outside the river bed as well in the central part there is no perfect classification

between boulders, cobbles pebbles and sand. They are deposited in a mixed state. The

classification is done by grab mining and the sediments are passed through different sieves

in the screening plants.


and there is no perfect classification between sediments these may be called as coarse sand,

medium sand and fine sand.

2.5.3 GEOLOGICAL AND MINEABLE RESERVES

S. No. Category Reserves (Tonnes)

1. Total Proved Reserves (111) 35,10,000

2. Blocked Reserves as per UNFC Code (211 & 222) 11,36,644

3. Total Mineable Reserves 23,73,356

4. Annual Targeted Production (During the 7 years of lease) 19,00,000

5. Balance Reserves 4,73,356

2.5.4 PROPOSED RATE OF PRODUCTION WHEN MINE IS FULLY DEVELOPED AND LIFE OF

THE MINE

Life of Mine = Mineable Reserves

= 23,73,356

= 7 Years Production Capacity 19,00,000




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 45

2.6 MINING

The proposed project is confined to dry bed extraction of sand from the river bed. The

operation will be carried out by semi-mechanized method. Sand excavation will be carried

out up to a depth of 3.0 m or 2.0 m above the ground water table or whichever is less by

using light-weight excavators. Mining will be carried out in blocks for convenient, easy

operation supervision, management and safety.

2.6.1 METHOD OF WORKING

As per Haryana Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals, and

Prevention of Illegal Mining Rules, 2012 extraction is limited to 3.0m depth only. The total

length of the area as per the description report stretches in the length of 1.80 km.

The salient features of mode of working as per approved modified Mining Plan are:-

The mining will be carried out by forming only one bench because mining is limited up

to 3.0 m depth from river bed.

The height of the benches will be restricted to 3.0 m and width will be approx 20 m.

Bench will advance parallel to the bank of the river.

Extraction activities will start from the upstream to downstream side. This will not

obstruct the movement of water, if any, during monsoon period in the river course.

Roads in the lease area for the movement of loaded trippers/ trucks will not have slopes

more than 1 in 20.

Roads will be properly maintained & water sprinkling will be done for dust suppression.

Every working will have its own approach roads, which already exists and is well

connected to main highways.

Light weight excavators will be used for loading of mineral in tippers/ trucks.

No drilling/ blasting are required as the material is loose in nature.

2.6.2 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION

The details of equipments proposed to be used in mining operation are listed below:-

Table 2.7: List of Equipments

S. No. Name of Machinery Capacity Nos.

1 Excavators and Payloader 0.9 to 1.2 m3 5

2 Tippers/ Trucks 25 tons 25

3 Water Tanker 5000 liters 5

4 Light Vehicles -- 5




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 46

2.6.3 YEAR-WISE DEVELOPMENT IN NEXT FIVE YEARS

The year wise development of mines for the first five year will progress as per the table

below:-

Table 2.8: Year wise development in next five years

Production From River bed

Year Trips/ day MTPA

I 284 19,00,000

II 284 19,00,000

III 284 19,00,000

IV 284 19,00,000

V 284 19,00,000

The year wise development plan is enclosed as Annexure – XXXVI.

2.7 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN

The digging depth will be restricted to 3.0m only or 2.0m above the ground water table.

This will be further replenished to approx. 116% during rainy season. As the lease period is

7 years, some of the area will be left un-worked at the end of lease period.

2.7.1 FINAL SLOPE ANGLE TO BE ADOPTED

The height of the bench will be limited to 3.0m and width will be around 20.0m. However,

the height of the bank with respect to river bed is varying from 4.0 to 6.0m. River bank side

will be protected by 7.5m offset. Natural slope of river bank will not be disturbed. This will

avoid collapsing of bank and will also prevent erosion.

2.7.2 ULTIMATE EXTENT & SIZE OF PIT

The pit limit will be restricted up to 3.0m below the ground level or 2.0m above the water

table.

***************

PROJECT:- BOULDER, GRAVEL & SAND MINING SECTION – III – DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT



EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 47

SECTION - III

INDEX

3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 48

3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING ....................................................................................... 49

3.3 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA ............................................................................ 51

3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 51

3.4.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 51

3.4.2 DATA BASE .................................................................................................................................... 51

3.4.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER AREA .............................................................................................. 52

3.4.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................... 52

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................. 54

3.5.1 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS ...................................................................................................... 54

3.5.2 RESULT ............................................................................................................................. 60

3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................... 60

3.6.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA .......................................................................................... 60

3.6.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA .................................................................................. 62

3.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................. 72

3.7.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA ................................................................................................. 73

3.7.2 RESULT ............................................................................................................................................ 73

3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................... 73

3.9.1 OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................... 92

3.9.3 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA ................................................................ 92

3.9.3.2 Population Profile ...................................................................................................................... 93

3.9.3.3 Child population Distribution: .................................................................................................. 93

3.9.3.4Literacy Profile in Buffer Zone ................................................................................................... 93

3.9.3.5 Occupational Structure in Buffer Zone ............................................................................... 93

3.9.36 Schedule Cast Population ............................................................................................................. 94

3.9.4 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ....................................................................................................... 99

******************




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 48

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

EIA process requires the primary baseline data collection to know the information on the

biophysical, social and economic settings of the mine site. The criteria of the baseline data

collection was based on the impact zone on both the sides of the river bank which was

expected to be around the 2-3 km from both the sides. The stations were considered based

on their sensitivity by considering the close proximity with the sensitive zones like reserve

forests and expected high pollutant concentration zones like Naka etc. The baseline data

have been collected as per CPCB guidelines in the month of October, November and

December’ 2017.

The following criteria were adopted while selecting the monitoring locations:-

One location on the upwind depending upon the wind profile/ pattern.

Two locations on the downwind side depending upon wind pattern (predominant

directions).

One location covering the sensitive areas within the vicinity.

One location covering the transportation convergences route.

One location covering the major habitation.

One location on the downwind direction where the max GLC’s are falling.

The monitoring station selected is as described under:-

Table 3.1: List of Monitoring Stations

Sampling Location Direction Distance (Km) Components Remarks

Project Site - - Air, Water, Noise, Soil --

Rattewall SW 1.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near mine site

Parwala ESE 2.1 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Crosswind

Rajpura PF Near

Bharoli ESE 4.8

Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near Rajpura

PF

Rajpur Rani SE 7.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Downwind

NH-73 Near Air

port SW 5.7

Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near NH-73

Khetprali N 2.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Upwind direction

Baseline data generation was carried out by NABL approved laboratory M/s Vardhan

EnviroLab, Gurgaon, Haryana. Environmental Monitoring Report is enclosed as Annexure –

XIX.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 49

3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING


1. Name of Project Boulder, Gravel and Sand Mining

2. Location Village – Rattewali, Tehsil-Barwala, District-Panchkula Haryana

3. Lease Area 45 ha.

4. Land Type Govt. Land (River Bed)

5. Latitude & Longitude Pillars Latitudes (N) Longitudes

(E)

Pillars Latitudes (N) Longitudes

(E)

BP-1 30°39’24.6” 77°59’48.8” BP-10 30°38’38.708” 77°59’28.924”

BP-2 30°39’22.800” 77°59’50.000” BP-11 30°38’33.000” 77°59’31.999”

BP-3 30°39’16.800” 77°59’47.300” BP-12 30°38’33.000” 77°59’19.200”

BP-4 30°39’14.900” 77°59’47.800” BP-13 30°38’49.000” 77°59’19.500”

BP-5 30°39’7.439” 77°59’40.179” BP-14 30°38’53.000” 77°59’17.500”

BP-6 30°39’1.800” 77°59’33.000” BP-15 30°38’55.000” 77°59’20.000”

BP-7 30°39’1.000” 77°59’34.200” BP-16 30°38’58.500” 77°59’21.200”

BP-8 30°38’54.040” 77°59’30.880” BP-17 30°38’15.000” 77°59’32.000”

BP-9 30°38’49.026” 77°59’28.353”

6. Toposheet No. H 43/K14, H43/L2

7. Elevation (MSL) 376-358m AMSL (Source: Approved Modified Mining Plan)

8. Nearest Habitation Nearest Habitation Distance (Km) & Direction


Rattewali 0.6km

Village Shamtu 2.05km

Dabkauri 2.46km

Parwala 1.97km

Tarlokpur 2.66km

Tibbi 1.60km

(Source: Distances measured are from SOI, Toposheet are indicative pertinent to River Bed).

9. Nearest Major Town Particulars Name Distance (Km) & Direction


Nearest Town Barwala 9.1NW


10. Nearest Highway NH – 73 – 5.40 Km - SE

11. Nearest Railway

Station

Chandigarh ~ 16.80 Km, NW.

12. Nearest Airport Chandigarh International Airport ~ 19.0Km, NW

13. Nearest Tourist Places None within 10 Km radius




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 50

14 Inter-State boundaries

and International

Boundaries.

Haryana – Panjab ~ 8.30Km, SW,

Haryana – Himachal Pradesh ~ 10.70Km, NE,

15. Defense Installations None within 10 Km radius.

16. Archaeological Sites None within 10 Km radius.

17. Ecological Sensitive

Zones

Wildlife Santuary –Khol Hi Raitan – 1.98Km N

18. Reserved/ Protected

Forest

Name of RF/PF Near Village Distance (Km) and Direction


Palasra PF 2.3 NW

Panota PF 2.8 E

Rajpura PF 3.0 E

Kadana PF 4.8 SE

Bhoj Matur PF 2.1 NW

Naldan PF 4.6 NW

Naita PF 7.7 NNE

Dharti PF 6.3 NNE

Balag PF 6.5 ENE

Mataur 7.2 N

Khol Hi Raitan RF 7.6 NW


19. Nearest Streams/

Rivers/ Water Bodies

Water Bodies Near Village Distance (Km) and Direction


Dudhgarh River - Rive bad

Dangri River - 4.7Km, E

Mullawali - 5.2Km,W

Mattanwali - 3.6Km,W

Mankan Nadi - 7.2Km,W


20. Other Industries/

Mines

Name of Industries/ Mines Distance (Km)


Mineral

Gobindpur Block/ PKL B -18

Applicant:- Gobindpur Royality

Company

8.5, SE Bouder, Gravel

and Sand

21. Seismic Zone Zone IV (IS 1893: 2002)




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 51

3.3 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA

Environmental data has been collected in relation to propose mine for:-

1. Land Environment

2. Water Environment

3. Air Environment

4. Noise Environment

5. Biological Environment

6. Socio-Economic Environment

The topographical map showing monitoring locations for collection of primary data of soil,

air, water & noise is enclosed as Annexure –I.

3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Object of the study is to provide a baseline status of the study area covering 10 Km radius

around the proposed mine site so that temporal changes due to the mining activities on the

surroundings can be assessed in future.

3.4.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION

The data in this work is collected from the following sources:-

1. Topographic data - From Survey of India toposheet.

2. Remotely Sensed Data - From IRS P6 – LISS IV Data.

3. Ground Truthing of the area

All the data used in this work have been supplied by National Remote Sensing Centre,

Hyderabad, India.

3.4.2 DATA BASE

The detail of the primary data in the form of digital data on LISS-IV for interpretation and

analysis is given below in Table 3.1. The mask of the entire project area including the

influence zone was generated from the IRS-P6 LISS-IV.

Table 3.2: Database Used for Land Use and Land Cover Mapping

S. No. Satellite Sensor Date type & Bands

1. IRS-P6 LISS-IV Digital (1, 2, 3)




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 52

3.4.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER AREA

Classification scheme adopted for the preparation of land use/ land cover maps on 1:25,000

Scale. Land use/ Land cover classification standardized by NRSC/ ISRO. The land use/ land

cover area of the study area. Map showing land use of the study area is enclosed as

Annexure – XXXII. The following land use classes have been observed in the study area:-

Table 3.3: LULC Classes

LULC Class Area (Ha.) Area (%) Area (m2)

Agricultural 9850 27.8 98500000

Fallow land 395 1.1 3950000

Settlement 1139 3.2 11390000

Forest 15002 42.3 150020000

Open Scrub 6552 18.5 65520000

Sandy area 404 5.8 4040000

Waste Lad 57 1.1 570000

Water bodies 7 0.2 70,000

Total 33406 100 334060000

Agriculture: - It is spreads over 27.8% (9850 Ha.) of the geographical area. However, the

agriculture in this area is primarily rain fed and also irrigation-based agriculture is

practiced in this region.

Fallow Land: - For the present study, this land class is found to occupy nearly 1.1%

(395Ha.) of the area of interest.

Open Scrub: - This class occupies nearly 18.5% (6552Ha.) of the study area.

3.4.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The objectives of the soil sampling are:-

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact of existing as well as proposed activity on soil characteristics

and;

To determine the impact on soil more importantly with agriculture production point of

view.

The soil analysis results are given below:-

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

3

Ta

ble

3.4

: So

il An

aly

sis Re

sult

S. N

o.

Pa

ram

ete

rs U

nits

Min

e S

ite

Ra

ttew

ali

Ka

nd

iwa

la

Bh

aro

li R

ajp

ur R

an

i A

lipu

r

Da

te o

f Sa

mp

ling

0

6.1

0.2

01

7

06

.10

.20

17

0

6.1

0.2

01

7

06

.10

.20

17

0

6.1

0.2

01

7

06

.10

.20

17

1.

pH

(at 25

°C)

7.6

3

7.4

3

7.3

2

7.6

1

7.7

5

7.8

2

2.

Co

nd

uctiv

ity

mS/ cm

0

.42

5

0.3

98

0

.41

2

0.4

30

0

.43

6

0.4

21

3.

Soil T

exture

-- San

dy

Lo

am

Sand

y L

oam

San

dy

Lo

am

Sand

y L

oam

San

dy

Lo

am

Sand

y L

oam

4.

Co

lor

-- B

row

nish

wh

ite B

row

nish

Yello

w

5.

Water H

old

ing

Cap

acity

%

32.2

0

35

.61

3

0.5

6

37

.15

3

2.7

8

34

.21

6.

Bu

lk d

ensity

G

m/cc)

1.11

1

.08

1

.14

1

.23

1

.72

1

.17

7.

Ch

lorid

e as Cl

Mg/1

00

g

82.5

6

76

.53

8

6.2

5

76

.52

8

6.1

4

96

.28

8.

Calciu

m as C

a M

g/10

0g

1

25.1

2

97

.80

1

15

.63

1

10

.25

8

6.1

4

12

0.3

1

9.

Sod

ium

as Na

Mg/1

00

g 3

5.26

4

2.4

5

39

.56

4

2.1

2

53

.61

4

2.5

2

10

. P

otassiu

m as K

K

g/ha

97

.20

1

10

.16

8

9.6

3

96

.35

1

16

.35

1

05

.12

11

. O

rganic M

atter %

0.7

2

0.7

0

0.6

8

0.7

0

0.7

5

0.7

1

12

. M

agnesiu

m as M

g

Mg/1

00

g

18.2

6

20

.23

1

6.5

3

19

.30

2

5.6

1

19

.25

13

. A

vailab

le Nitro

gen

K

g /ha

2

38

.50

2

33

.26

2

42

.52

2

63

.00

2

51

.00

2

47

.00

14

. A

vailab

le Ph

osp

ho

rus

Kg/h

a 8

.23

1

6.3

4

17

.23

1

9.1

4

13

.55

1

5.6

6

15

. Z

inc as Z

n

Mg/1

00

g

14

.20

7

.04

4

.10

3

.65

9

.54

4

.33

16

. M

angan

ese as Mn

M

g/10

0g

8

.50

1

0.1

6

9.6

8

10

.25

1

2.3

0

8.7

4

17

. C

hro

miu

m as C

r M

g/10

0g

0

.52

0

.46

0

.49

0

.53

0

.55

0

.30

18

. L

ead as P

b

Mg/1

00

g

0.1

8

0.1

5

0.2

2

0.2

0

0.1

8

0.2

8

19

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

M

g/10

0g

0

.56

0

.53

0

.65

0

.75

0

.58

0

.73

20

. C

op

per as C

u

Mg/1

00

g 4

.10

2

.80

3

.10

3

.91

3

.55

3

.94




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 54

Results & Conclusions: - The result obtained is compared with the standard soil

classification given Agriculture Soil Limits. It has been observed that the soil is Clay TO

Sandy in texture and neutral in nature. The nutrient and organic matter contents are

medium and the soil is normally fertile.

3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of the study is to:-

1. Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

2. Evaluate the impacts on agriculture productivity, habitat conditions, recreational

resources and aesthetics of the vicinity; and

3. Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the mining and other related

activities.

3.5.1 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Six ground water samples and five surface water samples were collected as grab samples

and were analyzed for various parameters as per the procedures specified in “Standard

Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater” published by American Public

Health Association (APHA). Different physico-chemical parameters of surface water and

ground water during study period were compared with standard at each monitoring

stations and shown in the Table 3.5 and 3.6.

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

5

Ta

ble

3.5

: Go

un

d W

ate

r An

aly

sis

S. N

o.

P a

ram

ete

r U

nits

Drin

kin

g W

ate

r Sta

nd

ard

IS:1

05

00

(20

12

)

Ra

ttew

ali

Pa

rwa

la

Bh

aro

li R

ajp

ur R

an

i A

lipu

r K

he

rpa

li

Da

te o

f Sa

mp

ling

R

eq

uire

me

nt

(De

sirab

le

Lim

its)

Pe

rmissib

le L

imits

in th

e A

bse

nce

of

Alte

rna

te S

ou

rce.

09

.10

.20

17

1.

pH

(at 25

°C)

-- 6

.5 –

8.5

N

R

8.1

0

7.9

6

7.8

6

8.1

6

7.9

0

8.2

0

2.

Co

lou

r H

azen

<5

<

25

5

*B

DL

(**DL

5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L

5 h

azen)

3.

Tu

rbid

ity (N

TU

) N

TU

<

5

< 1

0

1

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L (**D

L0

.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

4.

Od

ou

r --

Un

ob

jection

able

-- A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

5.

Taste

-- A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

6.

To

tal Hard

ness as C

aCO

3 m

g/ l <

30

0

< 6

00

2

63

.44

2

56

.24

2

89

.80

1

68

.30

1

81

.25

2

14

.51

7.

Calciu

m as C

a m

g/ l <

75

<

20

0

52

.23

5

0.7

5

62

.16

1

7.5

6

40

.36

4

6.6

3

8.

Alk

alinity

as CaC

O3

mg/ l

< 2

00

<

60

0

41

5.1

2

42

9.6

8

48

8.6

2

17

7.9

0

14

2.1

5

36

0.2

0

9.

Ch

lorid

e as Cl

m/ l

< 2

50

<

10

00

3

4.2

3

31

.46

3

0.7

6

43

.25

9

8.3

7

42

.30

10

. C

yan

ide as C

N

mg/ l

< 0

.05

N

R

<0

.02

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

11

. M

agnesiu

m as M

g m

g/ l <

30

<

10

0

32

.35

3

1.5

0

32

.73

1

8.1

2

19

.57

2

8.7

1

12

. T

otal D

issolv

ed So

lids

mg/ l

< 5

00

<

20

00

4

42

.00

4

79

.00

5

21

.00

3

07

.00

3

45

.00

4

28

.00

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

6

13

. Su

lph

ate as SO

4 m

g/ l <

20

0

< 4

00

9

.12

8

.51

8

.94

3

5.2

0

42

.61

8

.66

14

. F

luo

ride as F

m

g/ l <

1.0

<

1.5

0

.49

0

.32

0

.41

0

.94

0

.58

0

.52

15

. N

itrate as NO

3 m

g/ l <

45

<

10

0

16

.12

1

9.6

8

24

.67

1

9.1

0

24

.61

1

4.6

4

16

. Iro

n as F

e m

g/ l <

0.3

<

1.0

0

.27

0

.24

0

.30

0

.31

0

.48

0

.29

17

. A

lum

iniu

m as A

l m

g/ l <

0.0

3

< 0

.2

<0

.03

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

18

. B

oro

n

mg/ l

< 1

<

5

<0

.01

*B

DL

(**DL

0.1

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.1

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.1

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.1

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.1

mg/l)

19

. T

otal C

hro

miu

m as C

r m

g/ l <

0.0

5

NR

7

39

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

20

. C

on

du

ctivity

S/cm

S/ cm

-- --

<0

.00

1

80

2

87

2

87

2

57

5

57

5

21

. P

hen

olic C

om

po

un

ds

mg/ l

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

2

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

22

. M

ineral O

il m

g/ l <

0.0

1

< 0

.03

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1 m

g/l) *BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

23

. A

nio

nic D

etergen

ts as

MB

AS

mg/ l

< 0

.2

< 1

.0

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l) *BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

24

. Z

inc as Z

n

mg/ l

< 5

<

15

0

.66

0

.66

0

.79

0

.48

0

.61

0

.71

25

. C

op

per as C

u

mg/ l

< 0

.05

<

1.5

0

.12

0

.12

0

.10

0

.05

0

.13

0

.10

26

. M

angan

ese as Mn

m

g/ l <

0.1

<

0.3

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

06

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.06

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

27

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

m

g/ l <

0.0

1

NR

*B

DL

(**DL

*BD

L (**D

L

*BD

L (**D

L

*BD

L (**D

L

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.06

*B

DL

(**DL

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

7

0.0

6 m

g/l) 0

.06

mg/l)

0.0

6 m

g/l) 0

.06

mg/l)

mg/l)

0.0

6 m

g/l)

28

. L

ead as P

b

mg/ L

<

0.0

5

NR

*B

DL

(**DL

0.1

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L 0

.13

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l)

29

. Selen

ium

as Se

mg/l

-- --

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

30

. A

rsenic as A

s m

g/l --

-- *B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

31

. M

ercury

as Hg

m

g/l --

-- *B

DL

(**DL

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

32

. T

otal C

olifo

rm

MP

N/

10

0 m

l

Ab

sent

-- A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

33

. E

. Co

li M

PN

/

10

0m

l

<1

0

-- A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

8

Ta

ble

3.6

: Su

rface

Wa

ter A

na

lysis

S. N

o.

Pa

ram

ete

r U

nits

Lim

its as p

er

IS: 2

29

6 C

lass C

Pro

ject S

ite

Ne

ar R

atte

wa

li

Villa

ge

(Do

wn

strea

m)

Ne

ar K

he

tpra

li

Villa

ge

(Up

Stre

am

)

Da

ng

ri Riv

er

Mu

llaw

ali R

ive

r

1.

pH

(at 25

°C)

-- 6

.5 –

8.5

7

.86

7

.42

7

.66

7

.57

7

.75

2.

Co

lou

r H

azen

< 3

00

B

DL

(**DL

$Hazen

) B

DL

(**DL

$Hazen

) B

DL

(**DL

$Hazen

)

BD

L (**D

L

$Hazen

)

BD

L (**D

L

$Hazen

)

3.

Tu

rbid

ity

NT

U

-- 1

0

14

8

1

2

15

4.

Od

ou

r --

-- A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

5.

To

tal Hard

ness as C

aCO

3 m

g/ l --

19

3.2

0

22

0.4

5

18

4.5

6

21

2.6

4

20

4.6

5

6.

Calciu

m as C

a m

g/ l --

34

.58

3

8.3

2

31

.51

3

5.8

4

31

.75

7.

Alk

alinity

as CaC

O3

mg/ l

-- 1

49

.53

1

58

.14

1

43

.84

1

52

.33

1

49

.78

8.

Ch

lorid

e as Cl

mg/ l

< 6

00

5

3.6

4

60

.63

4

9.3

7

57

.12

5

4.8

0

9.

Resid

ual free C

hlo

rine

mg/ l

-- B

DL

(**DL

0.2

0 m

g/l) B

DL

(**DL

0.2

0

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.20

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.20

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.20

mg/l)

10

. C

yan

ide as C

N

mg/ l

< 0

.05

B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2 m

g/l) B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

11

. M

agnesiu

m as M

g m

g/ l --

25

.98

3

0.3

4

25

.74

2

9.9

4

30

.48

12

. T

otal D

issolv

ed So

lids

mg/ l

< 1

50

0

28

0.0

0

30

6.0

0

25

9.0

0

29

3.0

0

27

5.0

0

13

. T

otal Su

spen

ded

Solid

s m

g/ l --

47

.00

5

3.1

4

43

.00

4

9.1

0

45

.27

14

. D

issolv

ed O

xyg

en

mg/ l

>4

7

.1

6.9

7

.3

6.7

7

.4

15

. Su

lph

ate as SO

4

mg/ l

< 4

00

3

3.5

3

40

.10

2

9.6

8

38

.56

3

4.5

1

16

. F

luo

ride as F

m

g/ l <

1.5

1

.15

1

.21

1

.12

1

.24

1

.17

17

. B

OD

(3 D

ays at 2

7°C

) m

g/ l <

3

5.3

6

5.8

3

5.2

1

6.1

2

5.9

1

18

. C

OD

m

g/ l --

15

.23

1

8.2

0

12

.00

2

0.1

3

19

.57

19

. C

on

du

ctivity

µ

S/cm

-- 4

71

5

13

4

33

4

90

4

60

20

. N

itrate as NO

3 m

g/ l <

50

1

2.2

4

11

.20

1

0.2

3

12

.75

1

0.4

5

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

5

9

21

. So

diu

m as N

a m

g/ l

19

2

12

1

8.2

2

1.2

4

7.3

22

. P

otassiu

m as K

m

g/ l

5.4

3

.7

1.4

3

.7

1.8

23

. Iro

n as F

e m

g/ l <

50

0

.26

0

.30

0

.22

0

.30

0

.25

24

. A

lum

inu

m as A

l m

g/ l --

BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

25

. B

oro

n

mg/ l

-- 0

.46

0

.41

0

.42

0

.41

0

.35

26

. C

hro

miu

m as C

r m

g/ l <

0.0

5

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

27

. P

hen

olic C

om

po

un

ds

mg/ l

< 0

.00

5

BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1 m

g/l) B

DL

(**DL

0.0

01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1

mg/l

BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1

mg/l

28

. M

ineral O

il m

g/ l --

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

29

. A

nio

nic D

etergen

ts as

MB

AS

mg/ l

< 1

B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2 m

g/l) B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2 m

g/l) B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

30

. Z

inc as Z

n

mg/ l

< 1

5

1.2

0

0.3

8

1.1

6

0.3

8

0.3

3

31

. C

op

per as C

u

mg/ l

< 1

.5

1.1

6

0.1

5

0.1

4

0.1

5

0.1

2

32

. M

angan

ese as Mn

m

g/ l --

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.10

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.10

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.10

mg/l

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.10

mg/l

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.10

mg/l

33

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

m

g/ l <

0.0

1

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1 m

g/l) *B

DL

(**DL

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.00

1

mg/l)

34

. T

otal C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00

ml

< 5

00

0

27

8

34

5

34

8

25

3

24

0

35

. F

ecal Co

liform

M

PN

/10

0m

l --

12

0

14

8

14

1

10

9

13

0


APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAY

DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/ TRPWPL-River Bed Sand Mining/

011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 60

3.5.2 RESULT

Surface Water

The results obtained for the collected samples indicate that the surface water qualities were

found to be well within the prescribed standards Limits (Class C).

Ground Water

The analysis results indicate that pH and conductivity of the groundwater was to be in

range of 7.86 – 8.20 and 513 - 872µS/cm. The TDS were found to be in the range of 307 -

521 mg/l. Total Hardness was found 168.30 mg/l in Village Raipur Rani and 289.80 mg/ l in

Village Bharoli. Other parameters like Chlorides, Sulphate, Calcium, Magnesium and

Fluoride were observed to be well within the prescribed limits.

3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The prime objective of the baseline air monitoring was to evaluate the existing air quality of

the area. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air

quality during the operation of the mine.

The baseline status of the air quality has been assessed though a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network based on the following considerations:-

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

Topography of the study area;

Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and

Representatives of likely impact areas.

3.6.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA

An auto weather monitoring stations was installed at Mine Site during the study period to

record various meteorological parameters on hourly basis to understand the wind pattern,

temperature variation and relative humidity variation. The hourly meteorological data

recorded is enclosed as Annexure – XIX.

Table 3.7: Micro-meteorological Data

Month Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall in mm Wind Speed (Mile/ h)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

October 33.0 18.0 72.0 48.0 0 0 1.0 1.25

November 29.0 12.0 69.0 42.0 0 0 1.0 1.50

December 22.0 6.0 78.0 51.0 18 5.5 2.0 1.20




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 61

Wind Rose Diagram

Wind rose is the diagrammatic representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its

arms representing sixteen directions. Each arm gives a clear frequency distribution of wind

speed in a particular direction for a given period of time.

Table 3.8: Summary of the Wind Pattern

S. No Wind Direction 0.5-2.1 Speed m/s >= 2.1 Speed m/s Total

1. N 16 1 17

2. NNE 15 1 16

3. NE 14 2 16

4. ENE 11 2 13

5. E 35 21 56

6. ESE 18 2 20

7. SE 6 3 9

8. SSE 8 0 8

9. S 10 2 12

10. SSW 15 3 15

11. SW 8 1 9

12. WSW 13 3 16

13. W 35 9 44

14. WNW 97 23 120

15. NW 66 29 95

16. NNW 39 13 52

Sub-Total 518

Calms 9

Missing/Incomplete 1

Total 528




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 62

The prominent wind direction during this period was from WNW to ESE. The average wind

speed recorded during the study period was 1.3m/s. Calm conditions prevailed for 1.70%.

3.6.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA

Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected on the basis of surface influence,

demographic influence and meteorological influence. The sites were chosen at Mine Site,

Village Rattewali, Parwala, Rajpura PF near Bharoli, Raipur Rani, Alipur and Khatauli. The

ambient air monitoring has been carried out at six locations covering one complete season

i.e. October, November and December’ 2017.

Table 3.8: Sampling Frequency

Parameters Sampling Frequency

PM10 24 hourly sample twice a week

PM2.5 24 hourly sample twice a week

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Carbon Monoxide 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Table 3.9: Instruments used for Sampling & Analysis

Pollutants Instrument Make Model No. Range and

Sensitivity

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) M/s ECO TECH COMBO- 2.3 m3/hr




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 63

Table 3.10: Sampling and Analytical Techniques

S. No. Parameter Method

1 PM10 Gravimetric Method by using Repairable particulate matter sampler

“Repairable Dust Sampler (RDS).

2 PM2.5 Cyclonic Method by using Fine particulate sampler.

3 Sulphur Dioxide Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloromercurate followed by Colorimetric

estimation using P‐ Rosaniline hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182 Part

– II, 2001).

4 Nitrogen Oxide Absorption in diluted NaOH and then estimated calorimetrically with

sulphanilamide and N (I‐Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and

Hydrogen Peroxide (IS: 5182 1975, Part‐VI).

5 Carbon Monoxide NDIR Spectroscopy method

6 Trace Elements APHA-401 and ASTMD 4185-90

Instruments Pvt. Ltd AAS-271 ± 0.03 m3/min

PM2.5 1.0 m3/hr

± 0.03 m3/min

SO2 RDS with thermoelectrically cooled

gaseous sampling attachment

0 – 3 LPM

± 0.2 LPM NOX

CO CO Analyzer Testo Analyzer -- 1-1999 PPM

GC – Bruker

(Gas Chromatography)

-- < 1.0 PPM

Trace Elements AAS Thermo Fisheries -- --




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 64

Table 3.11 (a): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name : Mine Site

Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period

Date PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NO2

Standards 100 Max 60 Max 80 Max 80 Max

October’ 2017

1St Week 01.10.2017 88.2 50.4 12.5 21.4

02.10.2017 74.4 31.6 6.2 18.5

2nd Week 08.10.2017 81.3 41.2 10.2 25.3

09.10.2017 76.4 36.4 7.8 19.3

3rd Week 15.10.2017 89.7 48.2 9.6 30.1

16.10.2017 86.5 50.1 8.0 32.3

4th Week 22.10.2017 98.3 59.2 10.3 38.6

23.10.2017 96.7 54.4 9.8 27.4

5th Week 29.10.2017 88.5 49.6 8.7 24.7

30.10.2017 84.3 43.8 9.7 26.4

November’ 2017

5th Week 05.11.2017 79.3 40.5 6.6 18.4

06.11.2017 88.5 47.6 5.9 28.8

6th Week 12.11.2017 83.3 45.1 9.4 22.5

13.11.2017 90.2 50.2 6.7 29.3

7th Week 19.11.2017 84.1 45.5 9.4 21.1

20.11.2017 78.8 37.8 8.6 18.6

8th Week 26.11.2017 76.7 35.3 6.5 18.6

27.11.2017 89.8 48.4 7.8 17.5

December’ 2017

9th Week 03.12.2017 80.7 43.7 5.7 22.6

04.12.2017 81.4 41.2 7.6 18.6

10th Week 10.12.2017 92.3 54.4 9.1 23.1

11.12.2017 84.2 46.6 6.0 25.9

11th Week 17.12.2017 79.3 39.1 6.5 18.3

18.12.2017 82.4 42.8 5.2 23.5

12th Week 24.12.2017 86.3 48.6 7.7 27.6

25.12.2017 93.1 52.2 6.1 23.6

Arithmetic Mean 85.180 45.13 7.98 23.92

Maximum 98.3 59.2 12.5 38.6

Minimum 74.4 31.6 5.2 17.5

Standard Deviation 6.190 6.51 1.81 5.18

98th Percentile 97.5 56.8 11.4 35.45




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 65

Table 3.11 (b): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name : Village - Rattewaali

Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period



October’ 2017

1St Week 01.10.2017 78.3 38.4 7.9 22.8

02.10.2017 75.2 35.0 5.3 16.4

2nd Week 08.10.2017 79.5 40.7 8.7 19.5

09.10.2017 84.3 43.3 9.4 25.5

3rd Week 15.10.2017 88.7 49.7 10.1 28.6

16.10.2017 96.1 55.2 7.5 34.2

4th Week 22.10.2017 94.2 52.3 11.2 32.3

23.10.2017 90.4 50.2 8.6 30.5

5th Week 29.10.2017 87.3 47.2 6.1 25.7

30.10.2017 89.7 49.5 5.7 28.4

November’ 2017

6th Week 05.11.2017 79.6 38.2 8.5 18.7

06.11.2017 87.1 48.6 5.2 27.2

7th Week 12.11.2017 90.7 51.7 6.7 31.2

13.11.2017 84.9 44.7 7.3 25.3

8th Week 19.11.2017 79.3 39.7 5.4 20.8

20.11.2017 74.2 36.8 6.9 16.4

9th Week 26.11.2017 77.4 38.1 7.6 19.2

27.11.2017 81.2 41.3 8.2 22.2

December’ 2017

10th Week 03.12.2017 76.3 37.5 5.8 17.5

04.12.2017 86.2 47.2 9.3 27.3

11th Week 10.12.2017 92.4 55.5 7.4 32.5

11.12.2017 78.5 38.2 6.2 18.6

12th Week 17.12.2017 86.3 47.5 9.4 26.3

18.12.2017 54.2 44.3 8.3 24.2

13th Week 24.12.2017 79.5 39.7 5.8 19.5

25.12.2017 87.3 48.3 8.1 27.2

Arithmetic Mean 83.03 44.56 7.56 24.53

Maximum 96.1 55.5 11.2 34.2

Minimum 54.2 35.0 5.2 16.4


98th Percentile 95.15 55.35 10.65 33.35




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 66

Table 3.11 (c): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name : Parwala

Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period



October’ 2017

1St Week 03.10.2017 69.8 29.6 4.9 14.6

04.10.2017 66.8 35.1 6.4 17.8

2nd Week 10.10.2017 63.5 32.8 5.9 16.6

11.10.2017 86.7 46.3 6.7 24.4

3rd Week 17.10.2017 88.3 48.1 8.7 27.7

18.10.2017 90.5 50.7 10.6 30.2

4th Week 20.10.2017 86.3 46.1 8.2 25.7

25.10.2017 91.7 50.5 10.8 30.1

5th Week 31.10.2017 79.7 38.7 4.7 18.7

November’ 2017

6th Week 01.11.2017 64.5 33.1 5.3 15.4

03.11.2017 60.6 30.6 6.7 12.7

7th Week 06.11.2017 75.9 42.2 7.7 18.5

14.11.2017 78.4 35.1 8.3 20.7

8th Week 15.11.2017 69.3 36.6 7.7 14.3

21.11.2017 78.9 42.1 5.9 19.1

9th Week 22.11.2017 71.2 37.2 6.3 16.3

28.11.2017 64.3 32.3 5.3 15.4

29.11.2017 80.2 40.6 7.4 22.8

December’ 2017

10th Week 05.12.2017 60.3 30.1 6.5 14.3

06.12.2017 64.5 32.6 6.0 17.2

11th Week 12.12.2017 70.3 37.3 5.8 20.3

13.12.2017 72.3 38.2 5.8 29.3

12th Week 19.12.2017 68.6 30.4 6.2 16.3

20.12.2017 63.4 27.6 5.6 15.1

13th Week 26.12.2017 70.2 36.5 4.8 26.5

27.12.2017 73.5 42.3 6.0 30.2

Arithmetic mean 73.45 37.97 6.7 20.39

Maximum 91.7 50.7 10.8 30.2

Minimum 60.3 27.6 4.7 12.7


98th Percentile 91.1 50.6 10.7 30.2




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 67

Table 3.11 (d): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name : Rajpura PF Near Bharoli

Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period


Standards 100 max 60 max 80 max 80 max

October’ 2017

1St Week 03.10.2017 68.6 36.2 4.6 16.3

04.10.2017 60.2 31.4 6.3 15.5

2nd Week 10.10.2017 69.3 38.6 5.2 17.2

11.10.2017 79.1 40.5 9.8 21.3

3rd Week 17.10.2017 84.5 43.6 8.5 24.2

18.10.2017 86.4 48.1 9.4 28.4

4th Week 24.10.2017 88.3 50.3 10.3 30.3

25.10.2017 81.5 43.4 8.4 22.1

5th Week 31.10.2017 78.7 35.5 5.3 16.5

01.11.2017 76.3 40.4 6.4 20.3

November’ 2017

6th Week 07.11.2017 60.5 31.5 4.6 15.6

08.11.2017 63.5 33.6 5.2 17.3

7th Week 14.11.2017 68.1 38.4 6.1 20.5

15.11.2017 70.2 40.1 4.6 21.6

8th Week 21.11.2017 79.2 42.3 5.8 26.3

22.11.2017 76.3 38.4 7.6 27.4

9th Week 28.11.2017 66.4 36.2 6.4 24.3

29.11.2017 61.5 31.4 6.1 15.4

December’ 2017

10th Week 05.12.2017 69.3 33.5 5.6 18.9

06.12.2017 71.4 43.3 6.2 20.3

11th Week 12.12.2017 82.2 47.5 5.6 26.5

13.12.2017 68.4 37.4 4.3 16.3

12th Week 19.12.2017 76.3 40.1 5.4 22.5

20.12.2017 61.5 31.5 5.3 15.4

13th Week 26.12.2017 77.7 39.6 4.6 13.5

27.12.2017 79.3 43.4 5.2 17.4

Arithmetic Mean 73.25 39.08 6.26 20.43

Maximum 88.3 50.3 10.3 30.3

Minimum 60.2 31.4 4.3 13.5


98th Percentile 87.35 49.2 10.05 29.57




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 68

Table 3.11 (e): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name: Raipur Rani Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period



October’ 2017

1St Week 03.10.2017 84.4 44.1 9.3 26.4

06.10.2017 86.2 47.1 10.5 28.5

2nd Week 12.10.2017 78.5 39.6 6.4 20.0

13.10.2017 97.6 59.3 11.1 23.2

3rd Week 19.10.2017 103.8 64.1 13.2 33.5

20.10.2017 98.9 57.4 11.5 30.5

4th Week 26.10.2017 93.2 50.8 12.3 28.0

27.10.2017 85.6 43.9 9.8 25.9

5th Week 02.11.2017 95.3 52.7 6.6 19.3

03.11.2017 83.5 44.5 9.5 23.1

November’ 2017

6th Week 09.11.2017 87.6 46.2 10.2 28.6

10.11.2017 91.2 53.3 11.5 30.2

7th Week 16.11.2017 82.3 41.2 8.4 23.5

17.11.2017 84.6 46.3 9.9 26.2

8th Week 27.11.2017 88.1 49.4 10.2 28.6

29.11.2017 90.5 51.3 11.3 30.4

9th Week 30.11.2017 86.4 46.2 9.6 27.3

01.12.2017 81.3 42.1 7.5 22.4

December’ 2017

10th Week 07.12.2017 88.1 49.1 6.3 19.6

08.12.2017 83.5 43.5 8.4 23.3

11th Week 14.12.2017 87.6 46.7 9.6 27.4

15.12.2017 94.1 53.6 9.3 32.5

12th Week 21.12.2017 92.9 47.8 7.8 30.6

22.12.2017 85.3 49.7 11.5 27.9

13th Week 28.12.2017 83.4 45.2 9.6 25.6

29.12.2017 97.1 52.5 7.4 32.3

Arithmetic Mean 88.88 48.75 9.56 26.72

Maximum 103.8 64.1 13.2 33.5

Minimum 78.5 39.6 6.3 19.3


98th Percentile 101.35 61.70 12.75 33.0




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 69

Table 3.11 (f): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name: Alipur Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period



October’ 2017

1St Week 05.10.2017 69.5 34.5 5.1 16.3

06.10.2017 75.5 37.3 7.4 21.8

2nd Week 12.10.2017 77.8 39.8 8.9 24.5

13.10.2017 87.2 48.2 9.9 28.2

3rd Week 19.10.2017 98.2 53.5 10.6 32.5

20.10.2017 95.0 51.3 8.6 30.3

4th Week 26.10.2017 80.1 42.1 8.2 27.4

27.10.2017 75.5 36.4 6.4 18.2

5th Week 02.11.2017 70.4 30.3 7.1 15.3

03.11.2017 76.5 37.4 5.6 23.5

November’ 2017

6th Week 09.11.2017 71.3 32.5 6.8 21.2

10.11.2017 66.4 29.4 5.3 15.6

7th Week 16.11.2017 76.1 38.5 7.5 18.2

17.11.2017 73.4 36.2 8.6 23.3

8th Week 23.11.2017 76.5 38.1 9.4 26.4

24.11.2017 81.2 40.2 7.2 31.2

9th Week 30.11.2017 83.6 43.3 10.3 35.3

01.12.2017 76.5 37.5 7.4 27.4

December’ 2017

10th Week 07.12.2017 73.3 34.3 8.6 24.6

08.12.2017 68.4 30.2 5.2 18.5

11th Week 14.12.2017 64.5 26.5 7.6 16.4

15.12.2017 74.2 35.1 5.2 23.5

12th Week 21.12.2017 81.3 42.1 8.6 27.3

22.12.2017 76.3 37.3 6.3 25.3

13th Week 28.12.2017 70.5 32.2 5.5 20.1

29.12.2017 68.3 28.9 4.8 19.6

Arithmetic Mean 76.44 34.42 7.38 23.53

Maximum 98.2 53.5 10.6 35.3

Minimum 64.5 26.5 4.8 15.3


98th Percentile 96.60 52.40 10.456 33.90




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 70

Table 3.11 (g): Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(Unit: - µg/m3)

Location Name: Khetprali Sampling Duration

24 Hrs period



October’ 2017

1St Week 01.10.2017 83.6 49.3 6.2 17.2

02.10.2017 74.4 35.2 5.5 15.3

2nd Week 06.10.2017 78.5 39.5 7.3 19.3

09.10.2017 80.5 40.3 9.4 21.7

3rd Week 15.10.2017 87.5 46.4 8.4 26.2

16.10.2017 90.6 51.9 11.2 30.4

4th Week 22.10.2017 97.2 56.5 9.3 33.6

23.10.2017 92.0 50.5 5.6 31.8

5th Week 29.10.2017 89.2 48.1 7.5 29.5

30.10.2017 87.3 46.3 9.4 27.7

November’ 2017

6th Week 05.11.2017 90.4 50.2 7.8 31.5

06.11.2017 86.3 46.7 9.9 28.5

7th Week 12.11.2017 83.5 43.4 8.4 24.3

13.11.2017 79.3 38.4 7.7 19.7

8th Week 19.11.2017 90.4 50.7 8.3 30.1

20.11.2017 80.1 40.5 7.2 21.3

9th Week 26.11.2017 78.3 37.6 5.3 19.6

27.12.2017 85.7 44.7 8.5 25.2

December’ 2017

10th Week 03.12.2017 94.3 57.3 7.3 33.5

04.12.2017 84.2 43.2 9.4 23.3

11th Week 10.12.2017 79.6 38.5 5.5 18.9

11.12.2017 82.3 43.1 8.3 22.4

12th Week 17.12.2017 85.1 46.5 9.1 25.6

18.12.2017 79.5 39.4 7.6 19.2

13th Week 24.12.2017 76.3 36.3 5.8 16.4

25.12.2017 81.4 42.5 6.7 21.2

Arithmetic Mean 84.51 44.73 7.79 24.36

Maximum 97.2 57.3 11.2 33.6

Minimum 74.4 35.2 5.3 15.3


98th Percentile 95.75 56.9 10.55 33.55




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 71

Table 3.11 (g): Statistical Summary of Concentration Levels of Criteria Pollutants

(Unit: - µg/m3)

S.

No.

Criteria

Pollutant

Locations Arithmetic

Mean

Minimum Maximum Standard

Deviation

98th

Percentile

CPCB

Standards

1

PM10 Mine Site 85.180 74.4 98.3 6.190 97.5 100

Rattewali 83.03 54.2 96.1 8.47 95.15

Parwala 73.45 60.3 91.7 9.45 91.1

Rajpura PF near Bharoli 73.2 60.2 88.3 8.30 87.35

Raipur Rani 88.88 78.5 103.8 6.17 101.35

Alipur 76.44 64.5 98.2 7.98 96.60

Khetprali 84.51 74.4 97.2 5.78 95.75

2

PM2.5 Mine Site 45.13 31.6 59.2 6.51 56.8 60

Rattewali 44.56 35.0 55.5 6.05 55.35

Parwala 37.97 27.6 50.7 6.63 50.6


Raipur Rani 48.75 39.6 64.1 5.73 61.70

Alipur 34.42 26.5 53.5 6.62 52.40

Khetprali 44.73 35.2 57.3 5.59 56.9

3

SO2 Mine Site 7.98 5.2 12.5 1.81 11.4 80

Rattewali 7.56 5.2 11.2 1.60 10.65

Parwala 6.7 4.7 10.8 1.59 10.7


Raipur Rani 9.56 1.82 6.3 1.82 12.75

Alipur 7.38 4.8 10.6 1.71 10.456

Khetprali 7.79 5.3 11.2 1.54 10.55

4 NOX Mine Site 23.92 17.5 38.6 5.18 35.45 80

Rattewali 24.53 16.4 34.2 5.32 33.35

Parwala 20.39 12.7 30.2 5.74 30.2


Raipur Rani 26.72 19.8 33.5 3.99 33.0

Alipur 23.53 15.3 35.3 5.49 33.90

Khetprali 24.36 15.3 33.6 5.57 33.55

3.6.3 RESULTS

The analysis results for the study period are presented in above monitoring tables. Various

statistical parameters like 98th Percentile, Average, Maximum and Minimum values have

been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. These are

compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for

rural and residential zone.

The observation based on the perusal of the results is summarized below:-




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 72

PM10:- The maximum value for PM10 observed at Village Raipur Rani 103.8 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM10 at Rattewali 54.2 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for

industrial, residential rural and other areas is 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5:- The maximum value for PM2.5 observed at Village Raipur Rani 64.1 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM2.5 at Village Alipur is 26.5 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for

industrial, residential rural and other areas is 60 µg/m3.

SO2:- The maximum value for SO2 observed at Mine Site is 12.5 µg/m3 and minimum value

for SO2 at Village Raipur Rani is 1.82 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,

residential rural and other areas is 80µg/m3.

NOx: - The maximum value for NOx observed at Village mine Site is 38.6 µg/m3 and

minimum value for NOX at Village Parwala 12.7 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for

industrial, residential rural and other areas is 80µg/m3.

Conclusion

The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in

general is in conformity with respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards of

CPCB, at all locations monitored.

3.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise

level and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated during the project

operations around the project site.

Table 3.12: Noise (Sound) Measuring Instrument

Instrument Make Model No. Instrument

Identification

Detection Limit

Integrated Sound Level

Measurement Instrument

Standard Accessories

HTC SL-1352 SAL/NOISE/INT/14 Lo 35-80 dB

Hi 80-130 dB

Table 3.14: Testing Method to be followed

Particular Testing Method to be Followed

Noise Level Measurement

A Noise Level in dB (A) for continuous 24

hours at 1 hour interval

4012 Maxtech sound level meter




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 73

3.7.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise level at eight locations. The parameters

are analyzed for Leq (day), Leq (night) and Leq (day-night). The statistical analysis results

are given in below:-

Table 3.13: Ambient Noise Level Data

Unit:- dB(A)

S.

No.

Location Protocol Results

Day Time

(6:00 AM to 10:00 PM)

Night Time

(10:00 PM to 06:00 PM)

Lmax. Lmin. Leq. Lmax. Lmin. Leq.

1. Near Mine Site CPCB

Guidelines/

IS 9989

69.80 48.30 64.56 58.10 42.40 54.24

2. Ranewali 65.20 58.40 40.10 55.20 40.10 43.60

3. Village Parwala 60.10 44.50 51.60 54.30 38.50 42.66

4. Rajpura PF Near

Bharoli

63.10 46.30 54.20 58.10 40.10 44.00

5. Village Rajpur Rani 66.50 50.30 54.15 55.60 39.20 44.41

6. Village Alipur 61.40 48.30 53.77 51.80 37.60 43.55

7. Village Khelprali 63.50 47.40 53.20 55.30 39.20 44.80

3.7.2 RESULT

A) Day time Noise Levels Leq (day)

The day time Leq(day) noise levels at all the residential locations were observed to be in

the range of 69.80 – 44.50 dB(A). The maximum noise level of 69.80 dB (A) was

observed at Mine Site and the minimum noise level of 44.50 dB(A) was observed at

Village Parwala during the study period. It is observed that the day time noise levels

exceeds the prescribed limit of 55 dB(A) due to vehicular movement.

B) Night time Noise Levels Leq (night)

The night time Leq(night)) noise levels at all the residential locations was observed to

be in the range of 58.10 – 37.60 dB(A). The maximum noise level of 58.10 dB (A) was

observed at Village Raipura and the minimum noise level of 37.60 dB (A) was observed

at Village –Alipur. It has been found that the night time noise levels at Village Rajpura

were found to be very high due to vehicular movement, within the prescribed standard

of 45 dB(A). 3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Study of biological environment is one of the important aspects for the Environmental

Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of Environmental quality and

biodiversity of particular geographical area. Ecological systems show complex

interrelationship between biotic and Abiotic components including dependence,




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 74

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of plant and animal communities

which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the Abiotic

components viz. Physical and Chemical; components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors.

Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact

Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. Information on the impact of

environmental stress on the community structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient

early warning system to check the damage to a particular ecosystem. The biological

environment includes mainly terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The animal and plant

communities exist in their natural habitats in well‐organized manner.

Their natural settings can be disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities

or by naturally induced calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it becomes

practically impossible or takes a longer time to come to its original state. Plants and animals

are more susceptible to environmental stress. A change in the composition of biotic

communities reflected by a change in the distribution pattern of natural species of flora and

fauna existing in the ecosystem. The sensitivity of animal and plant species to the changes

occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore, be used for monitoring Environmental

Impact Assessment studies of any project.

3.8.1 OBJECTIVES OF BIOLOGICAL STUDY

The main objectives of biological study were:-

To collect the baseline data for the study along with a description of the existing terrestrial,

wetland and aquatic biodiversity.

To assess the scheduled species in the proposed site (rare, endangered, critically

endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

To identify the locations and features of ecological significance.

To identify the Impacts of proposed project before, after and during development phase.

3.8.2 METHODOLOGY

The present study on the floral assessment for the project activity is based on field

survey of the area.By the following forest inventory methodology; the survey of

biological parameters has been conducted within the buffer zone (10 km radial

distance) from the project site at Village - Rattaewali, Block-PKL/B-10 (Area 45.00 ha),




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 75

Tehsil - Barwla, District: Panchkula, Haryana, in accordance with the guidelines issued

by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, CPCB, and SPCB duringthe

study period.

A preliminary survey of the study area has been performed to get a general picture of

the landscapes in vegetation. Traverses have been taken within different zones of the

study area to note major vegetation patterns and plant communities including their

growth form and dominant species. A forest inventory is “an attempt to describe the

quantity and quality of forest trees and many of the characteristics of the land area upon

which the trees are grown.” The objective this floral inventory of the study area, is to

provide a complete checklist of floristic structure within the buffer zone (10 km radial

distance) from project site for formulating effective management and conservation

measures.

3.8.2.1 Floristic Study

The present study on the floral assessment for the project activity is based on field

survey of the area. The survey of biological parameters has been conducted within the

buffer zone (10 km radial distance)from the project site at Village Rattewali, Block-

PKL/B-10 (Area 45.00 ha), Tehsil: Brawala, District: Panchkula, Haryana, in accordance

with the guidelines issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

and SPCB during the study period.

Floral study survey was made to assess the existing plant species in all accessible areas

within the 10 km radius by the crisscross method of field exploration. The local flora

was identified by their morphological observation, such as its size and shape of the leaf,

flowers, fruits and their bark features of stem and also documented their habitat viz.

Trees, Shrubs, Herbs, Grasses and Climbers etc. Photo documentation of some of the key

species presents the study area was also done.

3.8.2.2 Methodology for Phyto-sociological study

The study was aimed at enumeration of the available plant resources and obtaining a

broad

Representation of the existing floristic variations in the project affected area and

surrounding the project affected area. Enumeration of the plant wealth was done by

surveying the area through walking followed by collection and identification of plant

specimens. Phyto-sociological aspects of the study were carried out by perambulating

and sampling through quadrates method. Sample plots were selected in such a way to




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 76

get maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out in

different parts of the areas within the project affected area as well as the surrounding

project affected area.

Selection of sites for vegetation data was done by random sampling procedure.

Accordingly, equal number of quadrates of 10 m x 10 m for the study of tree layer in the

project affected area and surrounding project affected area were laid. Within these

sample plots, sub-plots of 5 m x 5 m were laid out randomly for studying the shrub layer

and regeneration of tree species. For information on ground layer including herbaceous

species, quadrates of 1 m x 1 m size were laid out within the tree quadrate.

All species encountered during the transect walk were recorded. The girth at breast

height (GBH) of all individuals in each quadrate was measured for all species of trees

and woody climbers. All individuals with GBH > 10 cm were considered and recorded as

trees (Parthasarathy and Karthikeyan, 1997). Individuals below 10 cm GBH were

considered as saplings and shrubs. This concept was tested further during the fieldwork.

Basal area of plants was measured following Philips (1959). The plants were identified

using floras by Haines (1921-25), Saxena and Brahmam (1994-96).

Specimens of the plants, which could not be identified or confirmed in the field were

collected, preserved following standard methods and identified later. Abundance,

relative abundance, density and relative density of each species for each of the

locations/ zones were calculated using the numerical data. The data collected in the field

was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency and abundance

following standard phyto-sociological methods. Shannon-Wiener diversity index

(Shannon and Wiener, 1963) was calculated for all life forms following:-

Table 3.16: Estimation of Phyto-sociological Parameters

1 Frequency (%) = (No. of quadrates of occurrence of the species X 100)/ Total No. of Quadrates

sampled

2 Abundance = Total No. of individuals of the species / No. of quadrates of Occurrence

3 *Density = Total No. of individuals of the species / Total No. of quadrates sampled

4 Relative Frequency = (Frequency of the given species X 100) / Sum of all frequencies

5 Relative Density = (Density of the given species X 100) / Sum of all densities

6 Relative Abundance = (Abundance of species X 100) / Sum of all abundances

7 Basal Area = (GBH)2 / 4Π

8 Dominance = Total Basal Area / Total area sampled

9 Relative Dominance = (Dominance of given species X 100)/ Dominance of all species




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 77

10 Important Value Index (I.V.I.) = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance

11 Mean basal area = C2/4π (C= Mean of the circumference)

12 Total basal area = Mean basal area × Den

13 Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H’)= Shannon- Wiener Information Function: D = -Σ pi ln pi

Where: i = an index for the number of species sampled, pi = ni/N =percentage of species i in the entire

sample (N) of individuals, and ln = natural log. Multiply the percentage (or proportion) of each species

in the sample times the natural log of that same value, sum the products across all species, and then

multiply by minus 1.

Note: *Density refers to the number of individuals per unit area of a site.

3.8.2.3 FAUNA

To prepare a detailed report on the status of wildlife biodiversity in 10 km radial area

(Study Area) around the proposed Greentech Mega Food Park to assess the impacts due

to construction activity and evolve suitable mitigation measures to protect and conserve

wildlife biodiversity following

Components were studied:

a) Wildlife survey (diversity)

b) Habitat study (feeding, breeding, roosting areas)

c) Migratory paths of major wildlife species

d) Food & feeding habits of wildlife species in last few years

e) Distribution of birds

f) Rare & Endangered species of fauna

g) Specific local characteristics of biodiversity in study area

3.8.2.4 Methodology for Faunal Study

A linear transect of 1 km each was chosen for sampling at each site. Each transect was

trekked for 1.5 h for sampling of animals through the following methods. For sampling

butterflies, the standard ‘Pollard Walk’ method was employed and all the species were

recorded daily. Voucher specimens of the species that could not be identified in the field

were collected using of a butterfly net besides photographing them. For sampling birds,

‘point sampling’ along the fixed transect (foot trails) was carried out. All the species of

birds were observed through a binocular and identified with the help of field guides and

photographs. For sampling mammals, ‘direct count on open width (20m) transect’ was

used. In addition, information on recent sightings/records of mammals by the villagers




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 78

and locals was also collected. In case of reptiles mainly lizards were sampled by ‘direct

count on open width transects’.

3.8.2.5 Assessment of Rare, Endangered and threatened Flora and Fauna

As per the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and their subsequent amendments, schedule

category for wild plant and animals also consider for assessing the sensitive species. The

scheduled species are given for the assessment of the any available sensitive species.

This Act is enacted for protection of plants and animal species. It has six schedules

which give varying degrees of protection. Schedule I and part II of Schedule II provide

absolute protection - offences under these are prescribed the highest penalties. Species

listed in Schedule III to Schedule IV are also protected, but the penalties are much lower.

Schedule V includes the animals which may be hunted. The plants in Schedule VI are

prohibited from cultivation and planting.

3.8.2.6 Assessment of sensitive habitat

The riparian patches, protected areas (wildlife sanctuary & national park) and other

specific habitat condition are some those places which are sensitive place for any small

changes due to the developmental activity. During the baseline study we have already

observed such habitat within the study area.

Land use pattern of this region was dominated by agriculture land. There is a Khol Hi

Raitan Wildlife sanctuary 1.98 km away from the project boundary.

The Biological environmental study of The Proposed mining of boulder, gravel and sand

(Minor Mineral) project at Village & P.O. village Rattewali of tehsil Barwala district in

Panchkula district of Haryana has been done during Nov. 2017 by former ACO Vardhan

Enviro in following monitoring locations of 10 km radius study area.

The study area is divided into two parts i.e.:

a) Core Zone: Project Site i.e. River bed.

b) Buffer Zone: Area within 10 Km radius from the project site.

The list of sampling locations identified during the survey is shown in Table 3.20.

Table- 3.20 Biological Environment Survey Locations

Station Name of Station Latitude Longitude Distance (km) Direction

EB-01 Project Side 30° 38'56.96"N 76° 59' 28.25"E ---- -----

EB-02 Tibbi 30° 40' 09.04"N 76° 58' 47.90"E 1.8 NW

EB-03 Toka 30° 36' 56.09"N 76° 58' 14.70"E 3.6 SW

EB-04 Manak Tabra 30° 36'22.88"N 77° 00' 00.60"E 3.9 S




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 79

EB-05 Raipur Rani 30° 35' 02.11"N 77° 01' 18.67"E 7.0 SSE

EB-06 Dudhgarh 30° 41' 30.71"N 77° 00' 05.98"E 4.0 N

EB-07 Ramgarh 30° 38' 32.12"N 76° 53' 24.82"E 9.3 W

EB-08 Baran 30° 38' 49.17"N 77° 04' 01.11"E 7.1 E

3.8.2.7 Project site (Core Zone)

The lease area mainly comprises various grades of Boulder, gravel & sand. Proposed project

area is located on both sides of the river bank and the river bed. While, there is only scanty

herbaceous vegetation at the riverbed, riparian vegetation is found along the river side. No

ecologically sensitive plant species has been reported from this area. Herbs and shrubs

observed in and around the lease area are Calotropis procera, Tridax procumbens, Argemone

mexicana, Lantana camara, Parthenium hysterophorus, Sida acuta, Datura stramonium, and

Cannabis sativa etc.

The flora of buffer zone comprises plants growing on the edges of agricultural land, village

Woodlots and trees planted along the roads. Many tree species are planted in the area

because of their economic values. The tree species observed in the area are Azadirachta

indica (neem), Populusdeltoides (poplar), Psidium guajava (guava), and few Mangifera indica

(aam), Emblica officinalis(aamla), Syzygium cumini (jamun), Aegle marmelos(bel), Melia

azedarach (Bakain), Ficus benghalensis (Bargad), Ficus religiosa (peepal), Eucalyptus spp

(Safeda), Dalbergia sissoo (shisam) etc.

There is a Khol Hi Raitan Wildlife sanctuary 1.98 km away from the project boundary. The

vegetation Observed within the study area is mainly comprised under tropical dry

deciduous category which is commonly observed. The list was made for the natural

vegetation and documented their diversity. Core Zone: Core zone of the proposed mining

project is located on the river bed. During thefield survey some Climbers, Herbs, grasses,

seedlings of tree species and shrubby vegetation were recorded from the mine lease area.

Only 30 plant species were enlisted from core zone

(a) Trees : Nil,

(b) Shrub

S.No. Botanical Name Common Name Family IUCN Status

1 Calotropis gigantea Arakha Asclepiadaceae NA

2 Cannabissativa Ganja Cannabaceae NA

3 Cassia accidentalis Kasondi Leguminoceae NA

4 Chenopodium spinosum Kantil chaulai Amaaranthaceae NA

5 Hemidesmus indicus Anatamula Apocynaceae NA

6 Lantana camara Raimuniya Malvaceae NA

7 Urena lobata Lapta Malvaceae NA




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 80

8 Xanthium strumarium Bada gokru Asteraceae NA

(c) Herb


1 Achyranthes aspera Chirchira Amaranthaceae NA

2 Aerva javanica gorskhganja Amaranthaceae NA

3 Ageratum conyzoides Visadodi Asteraceae NA

4 Alternanthera sessilis phulbhaj Amaranthaceae NA

5 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius Chipti Leguminosae NA

6 Argemone maxicana Peeli Katheli Papaveraceae NA

7 Blumea lacera Kukurmuta Asteraceae NA

8 Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae NA

9 Bryophyllum pinnatum Pattharchata Crassulaceae NA

10 Cassia tora Pomvar Leguminosae NA

11 Chenopodium album Bathua amaranthaceaea NA

12 Crotalaria juncea san Leguminosae NA

13 Desmodium triflorum Desmodium Leguminosae NA

14 Euphorbia hirta Baridudhi Euphorbiaceae NA

15 Fumaria indica Pitta papda Papaveraceae NA

16 Leucas aspera Gumma buti Lamiaceae NA

17 Tridax pocumbens Khal- muriya Asteraceae NA

(d) Grasses & Sadges


1. Chloris barbata grass Poaceae NA

2. Cynodon datylon Doob Poaceae NA

3. Dactyloctenium aegyptium Bhond grass Poaceae NA

4. Digitaria ciliaris Bamboo grass Poaceae NA

5. Heteropogon contortus Tanglehead grass Poaceae NA

6. Paspalum scrobiculatum Kodra Poaceae NA

7. Paspalum disticum Knotgrass Poaceae NA

8. Imperata cylindica Japangrass Poaceae NA

9. Eleusine indica Goosegrass Poaceae NA

10. Cyperus rotundus Motha grass Cyperaceae NA

(e) Climbers


1. Amperlocissus latifolia (Roxb.)

Planch

jangli angur Vitaceae NA

3.8.2.8 Buffer Zone

The selection of terrestrial and aquatic ecological sampling location was based on land use pattern,

topography and habitat patterns of the study area. Ecological survey was carried out in forest and non-

forest areas (agricultural fields, roadsides, urban & semi-urban wastelands, etc.)

(A)Tree


1. Acacia auriculiformis Australian acacia Leguminosae LC




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 81

2. Acacia catechu Khair Leguminosae NA

3. Acacia modesta Phulani Leguminosae NA

4. Acacia nilotica Babool Leguminosae NA

5. Accacia lucocephala Australian acacia Leguminosae LC

6. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae NA

7. Ailanthus excelsa Arru Simarubaceae NA

8. Albizia lebbeck Kaala seras Leguminosae NA

9. Albizia procera Siras safed Leguminosae NA

10. Alstonia scholaris Chitvan Apocynaceae NA

11. Anogeissus heterophyllus Dawra Moraceae NA

12. Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal Moraceae NA

13. Averrhoa caraqmbola Kamrakh Oxalidaceae NA

14. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae NA

15. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Leguminosae LC

16. Bombax ceiba Semul Bombacaceae NA

17. Boswe;;ia serrata Salai Burseraceae NA

18. Butea Monosperma Dhak Leguminosae NA

19. Callisteman lanceolatus Bottle brush Myrtaceae NA

20. Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae NA

21. Cassia siamea Cassia Leguminosae NA

22. Cassia tomrntosa Chilla Leguminosae NA

23. Cedrela toona Tun Meliacea NA

24. Ceiba pentaandra Kapok Malvaceae NA

25. Citrus medica Nimboo Rutaceae NA

26. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Leguminosae NA

27. Dalbergia paniculata Sheesham Leguminosae NA

28. Delonix regia (Hook.) Gulmohar Leguminosae LC

29. Diospyros montana Kaindu Ebenaceae NA

30. Ethretia laevis Chamror Boraginaceae NA

31. Eucalyptus camaldulensis Nilgiri Myrtaceae NA

32. Ficus benghalensis Bargad/bar Moraceae NA

33. Ficus racemosa Gular Moraceae NA

34. Ficus religiiosa Peepal Moraceae NA

35. Garuga pinnata Kharpat Burseraceae NA

36. Grevillea robusta Ailver oak Proteaceae NA

37 Grewia optiva Bihul Malvaceae NA

38. Hamiltonia suaveolens Akashneem Rubiaceae NA

39. Helicters isora Marorphali Malvaceae NA

40. Holarrhena pubescens Kura Aponcynaceae NA

41. Holoptelea integrifolia Papri Ulmaceae NA

42. Hymendictyon excelsum Bairang Rubiaceae NA

43. Khaya senegalensis Kyaya Meliaceae NA

44. Kigelia pinnata Balamkheera Bignoniaceae NA

45. Kydia calycina Pula Malvaceae NA




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 82

46 Lagerstroemia parviflora Sejha Lythraceae NA

47. Lannea coramandelica Jhingan Anacardiaceae NA

48. Leucaena leucocephala Su-babool Leguminosae NA

49. Magnolia champaca Champa Magnoliaceae NA

50. Mallotus philippensis Rohini Euphorbiaceae NA

51. Maginfera indica Aam Anacardiaceae NA

52. Melia azedarach Bakain Meliaceae NA

53. Millingtonia hortensis Akashneem Bignoniaceae NA

54. Moringa oleifera Sahjan Moringaceae NA

55. Morus alba Shahtut Moraceae NA

56. Musa paradisiacl Kela Musaceae NA

57. Neolamarckia cadamba Kadam Oleaceae NA

58. Nyctanthes arbo-tristis Harsingar Oleaceae NA

59. Ougeinia oojeinensis Sadan Leguminosae NA

60. Peltophorum pterocarpum Peltoforum Leguminosae NA

61. Pheonix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae NA

62. Phyllanthus emblica Aonla Phyllanthaceae NA

63. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae NA

64. Pongamia pinnata Kanji Leguminosae NA

65. Prosopis julifopra Kejri Leguminosae NA

66. Psidium guajava Amrood Myrtaceae NA

67. Pterygota alata Malvaceae NA

68. Spathodea campanulata Spathodia Bignoniaceae NA

69. Strebulus asper Sihor Moraceae NA

70. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae NA

71. Tamarundus indica Imli Leguminosae NA

72. Tecoma stans Tecoma Bignoniaceae NA

73. Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae NA

74. Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae NA

75 Terminalia bellirica Bahera Combretaceae NA

(B) Shrub


1. Achyranthes aspera chirchita Amaranthaceae NA

2. Abutilonindicum Kanghi Malvaceae NA

3. Acacia farnesiana Kathneem Leguminoceae NA

4. Aerva javanica gorakhganja Amaranthaceae NA

5. Agave americana Kantla Agavaceae NA

6. Argemone maxicana PeeliKatheli Papaveraceae NA

7. Atylosia scarabaeoides Bankulthia Fabaceae NA

8. Bougainvillea glabra Bouganvillia Nyctaginaceae NA

9. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Krishnachuura Caesalpinaceae NA

10. Calotropis gigantea Arakha Asclepiadaceae NA

11. Cannabissativa Ganja Cannabaceae NA




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 83

12. Capparis dedidua ker Capparaceae NA

13. Capparis zeylancia hins Caparidaceae NA

14. Carissa spinarum Karonda Apocynaceae NA

15. Cassia occidentalis Kasondi Leguminoceae NA

16. Cassia tora Pomvar leguminoceae NA

17. Catharanthus roseus Nayantara Apocynaceae NA

18. Chenpodium spinosum Kantili chaulai Amaranthaceae NA

19. Cordia dichotoma Lasura Boraginaceae NA

20. Datura metel Kala dhatura Solanaceae NA

21. Datura stramonium datura Solanaceae NA

22. Echinops echinatus untkatara Asteraceae NA

23. Eranthemum purpurascens Vantulsi Acanthaceae NA

24. Euphorbia neriifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae NA

25. Euphorbia tirucalli Saptala Euphorbiaceae NA

26. Flacoutia indica Baincha Salicaceae NA

27. Gardenia resinifera Dikamali, Paprali Rubiaceae NA

28. Hemidesmus indicus Anatamula Apocynaceae NA

29. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Gurhal Malvaceae NA

30. Hygrophola auriculata Lal Bherenda Euphorbiaccae NA

31. Indigofera cassioides Girelphool Leguminosae NA

32. Jatropha gossypiifolia Lal Bherenda Euphorbiaccae NA

33. Kingiodendron pinnatum Anajvan Leguminosae NA

34. Lantana camara Raimuniya Verbenaceae NA

35. Miletia elliptica Gaunge Leguminosae NA

36. Mimosa pudica Mimosa Fabaceae NA

37. Murraya koenigil Gandhela Rutaceae NA

38. Parthenium hysterophorus Gajar grass Asteraceae NA

39. Pithecellobium dulce Vilayati Imli Leguminosae NA

40. Rhus parviflora Murti Anacardiaceae NA

41. Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae NA

42. Rumex hastatus Khutti buti Polygonaceae NA

43. Salanum glaucophyllum Bhatkateri Solanceae NA

44. Syzgium heyneanum Kathjamun Myrtaceae NA

45. Tephrosia purpurea Sarfaunk Papillionaceae NA

46. Thevetia peruviana Kokilphul Apocynaceae NA

47. Tinospora cordifolia Giloy Menispermaceae NA

48. Urena lobata Lapta Malvaceae NA

49. Woodfordia fruticosa dhau Lythraceae NA

50. Xanthium strumarium Bada gokru Asteraceae NA

51. Ziziphus jujuba jharberi Rhamnaceae NA

52. Ziziphus nummularia ber Rhamnaceae NA

53. Ziziphus oeonoplia Makor Rhamnaceae NA

(C)Herb




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 84

S.No. Botanical Name Common Name Family IUCN

1. Achyranthes aspera Chirchira Amaranthaceae NA

2. Ageratum conyzoides Visadodi Asteraceae NA

3 Alternanthera sessilis Garundi Amaranthaceae NA

4. Alysicarpus bupleurifolius Chipti Leguminosae NA

5. Asparagus racemosus Shatmuli Liliaceae NA

6 Basella rubra Bathua Basellaceae NA

7 Blumea lacera Kukurmuta Asteraceae NA

8 Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae NA

9 Bryophyllum pinnatum Pattharchata Crassulaceae NA

10 Celosia argentea Murga Amaranthaceae NA

11 Colebrookia bulbifera Kala bans Zingiberaceae NA

12 Colocasia esculenta Arbi Araceae NA

13 Commelina benghalensis Kanchara, kaua-kaini Commelinaceae NA

14 Convolvulus arvensis Hiranpag Convovulaceae NA

15 Crotalaria juncea San Leguminosae NA

16 Desmodium triflorum Desmodium Leguminosae NA

17 Eclipta prostrata Keshute Asteracea NA

18 Elephantopus scaber Mayurchulia Asterceae NA

19 Euphorbia hirta Baridudhi Euphorbiaceae NA

20 Euphorbia thymifolia Chotidudhi Euphorbiaceae NA

21 Evolvulus nummularius Onkranta Convovulaceae NA

22 Fumaria indica Pitta papda Papaveraceae NA

23 Leucas aspera Gumma buti Lamiaceae NA

24 Merremia emarginata Muskani Convolvulaceae NA

25 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae NA

26 Oxalis corniculata Khatua Oxalidaceae NA

27 Portulaca aleracea Parsley Portulacaceae NA

28 Sida acuta Bariyari Malvaceae NA

29 Sida cordifolia Berela Malvaceae NA

30 Sida rhombifolia Vishkhapari Malvaceae NA

31 Solanum nigrum Bhatkadrana Solanaceae NA

32 Solanum xanthocarpum Ringni Solanaceae NA

33 Spermacoce pumila Chara mama Rubiaceae NA

34 Tridax procumbens Khal-muriya Asteraceae NA

(D) Grasses

1 Aristida depressa Safed lappa Poaceae NA

2 Bothriochloa pertusa Choti jurgi Poaceae NA

3 Chloris barbata Grass Poaceae NA

4 Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae NA

5 Cynodon dactylon Doob Poaceae NA

6 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Bhond grass Poaceae NA

7 Dendrocalamus strictus Bans Poaceae NA

8 Desmostachya bipinnata Daab Poaceae NA




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 85

9 Dichanthium annulaltum jurgi Poaceae NA

10 Erianthus munja Poaceae NA

11 Heteropogon contortus Kaala luppa Poaceae NA

12 Miscanthus sinensis Poaceae NA

13 Saccharum bengalense Munj Poaceae NA

14 Saccharum munja Munj Poaceae NA

15 Saccharum spontaneum Kaans Poaceae NA

16 Setaria glauca Vindra Poaceae NA

(E) Climber

1 Ampelocissus latifolia Jangli angur Vitaceae NA

2 Bauhinia vahlii mahulan Leguminosae NA

3 Cissampelos pareira Padh Menispermaceae NA

4 Clematis barbellata Ranunculaceae NA

5 Coccinia grandis Jangli kundru Cucurbitaceae NA

6 Combretum indicum Guruvela Combretaceae NA

7 Ichnocarpus frutescens Kaali dudhdhi Apocynaceae NA

8 Lpomoea carnea Beshram Convolvulaceae NA

9 Momordica charantia Kerala Cucurbitaceae NA

10 Pergularia daemia Dheemar bela Apocynaceae NA

11 Pueraria tuberose Saral Leguminosae NA

12 Rhynchosia baukea Van urd Leguminosae NA

13 Rhynchosia minima Van mung Leguminosae NA

14 Tylophora indica Dambel Apocynaceae NA

15 Vallaris solanacea Sariva Aponcynaceae NA

16 Vitis flexuosa Van angur Vitaceae NA

(F) Parasitic Plants

1 Cuscuta reflexa Peeli bel convolvulaceae NA

(G) Aquatic Flora / Wetland/Marshland Diversity of the study area

1 Aeschynomene indica Phulan Leguminosae LC

2 Alternanthera philoxeroides Alligator Weed Amaranthaceae NA

3 Alternanthera sessilis Garundi Amaranthaceae LC

4 Anagallis arvensis Neel Myrsinaceae NA

5 Azolla pinnata Mosquito Fern Salviniaceae LC

6 Ceratophyllum demersum Hornwort Araceae LC

7 Colocasia essulenta Taro Araceae LC

8 Commelina benghalensis Kana Commelinaceae LC

9 Cyperus alternifolius Umbrella Sedge Cyperaceae NA

10 Dryopteris sieboldii Fern Dryopteridaceae NA

11 Dryopteris sieboldii Fern Dryopteridaceae NA

12 Eichhornia ringens -- Acanthaceae LC

13 Hygrophila adscendens Water Primrose Onagraceae NA

14 Ludwigia carchorifolia Bilpat Sterculiaceae NA

15 Melochia nucifera Lotus, Kamal Nelumbonaceae NA

16 Nymphaea Pubescens White Lotus Nymphaeaceae LC




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 86

17 Oxalis corniculata Amrul Oxalidaceae NA

18 Pilea microphylla Gun Powder Plant Urticaceae NA

19 Polygonum hydropiper Marsh Pepper Knot Weed Polygonaceae LC

20 Portulaca oleracea Little Hog-Weed Portulacaceae NA

21 Ranunculus sceleratus Aglaon Ranunculaceae LC

22 Rumex dentatus Ambavati Polygonaceae NA

Faunal Diversity:

Table 3.28: Faunal Diversity from Study Area

S. No. English Name Scientific Name Status/ Schedule Core Buffer

Mammals

1. Jackal Canis aureus Schedule‐II * *

2. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Schedule‐IV - *

3. Little Indian field

mouse

Mus booduga Schedule‐V - *

4. Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Schedule‐III - *

5. Jungle Cat Felis catus Schedule‐II - *

6. Monkey Maccaca mulata Schedule‐II - *

7. Black Rat Rattus rattus Schedule‐V * *

8. Bat Rousettus leschenaultia Schedule‐V - *

9. Common Langur Semnopithecus entellus Schedule‐II * *

10. Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Schedule‐II * *

11. Five Striped Palm

Squirrel

Funambulus pennanii Schedule‐IV * *

12. Hare Lepus nigrigolis Schedule‐IV - *

13. Leopard Panthera pardus Schedule‐I - *

14. Wilod Boar Sus scrofa Schedule‐III - *

15. Chachundar Suncus murinus Schedule‐IV - *

16. Axis axis Chital Schedule -III - *

17. Sambar Servus aureus Schedule -III - *

18. Indian porcupine Hystrix indica Schedule‐IV - *

Ambhibians

19. Indian pond frog Rana hexadactyla Schedule‐IV * *

20. Common Indian

Toad

Duttaphrynus

melanostictus

Not Listed * *

21. Indian Skipper Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Schedule‐IV - *

22. Marble Toad Bufo stomaticus LC - *




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 87

Reptiles

23. House gecko Hemidactylus flavivridis Common * *

24. Common garden

lizard

Calotes versicolor Common * *

25. Brahminy skink Mabuya carinata Common - *

26. Indian Cobra Naja naja Schedule‐II - *

27. Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa Schedule‐IV -

28. Famn Throated

Lizard

Sitana ponticeriana Not Listed - *

29. Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus Schedule‐IV - *

30. Indian Python Python molurus Schedule‐I - *

31. Blind snake Typhlops luzonensis Schedule‐IV - *

32. Sanda Uromastix hardwickii Schedule‐II - *

Butterflies

33. White orange tip Ixias marianne Common * *

34. Lime butterfly Papilio demoleus Common - *

35. Common crow Euploea core LC - *

36. Common map Cyrestis thyodamas Common * *

37. Common mormon Papilio polytes Common - *

38. Common Grass

Yellow

Eurema hecabe Fairly Common * *

39. Stripped Tiger Danaus genutia Common - *

40. Danaid Egg Fly Hypolimanas misippus Common - *

41. Common Bush

Brown

Mycalesis perseus Common - *

Aves

42. House Crow Corvus splendens Schedule‐V * *

43. Rock Pigeon Columba livia Common * *

44. Gery francolin Francolinus pondicerianus Least Concern *

45. Jungle babbler Turoides striatus Schedule‐IV * *

46. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Schedule‐IV * *

47. Green bee‐eater Merops orientalis Least Concern - *

48. Indian roller Coracias benshalensis Schedule‐IV - *

49. Black Drongo Dicrirus macrocercus Schedule‐IV * *

50. Little cormorant Microcarbo niger Schedule‐IV - *

51. Common swift Apus apus Schedule‐IV - *

52. House swift Apus affinis Schedule‐IV - *




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 88

53. Shikra Accipiter badius Schedule‐IV - *

54. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Schedule‐IV - *

55. Little Egret Egretta garzetta Schedule‐IV - *

56. Pond heron Ardeola grayii Schedule‐IV - *

57. Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus Schedule‐IV - *

58. Black Ibis Pseudibis papillosa Schedule‐IV - *

59. Ring dove Streptopelia decaocto Schedule‐IV - *

60. Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Schedule‐IV - *

61. White Breasted

Kingfisher

Halcyon smyrnensis Schedule‐IV - *

62. Blue Cheeked Bee

Eater

Merops persicus Schedule‐IV - *

63. Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Schedule‐IV - *

64. Drongo Cuckoo Srniculus lugubris Schedule‐IV - *

65. Red Jungle Fowl Gallus sallus Schedule‐IV - *

66. White breasted

water hen

Amaurornis phoenicurus Schedule‐IV - *

67. Drongo Cuckoo Srniculus lugubris Schedule‐IV - *

68. Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Schedule‐I - *

69. Red Jungle Fowl Gallus sallus Schedule‐IV - *

70. White breasted

water hen

Amaurornis phoenicurus Schedule‐IV - *

71. Common Moorhen Gallinule chloropus Schedule‐IV - *

72. Raven Corvus corax Schedule‐IV - *

73. Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda Schedule‐IV - *

74. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata Schedule‐IV - *

75. Pied Bush Chat Saxicola caprata Schedule‐IV - *

76. Purple Sun Bird Nectarinia asiatica Schedule‐IV - *

77. Small Sun Bird Nectarinia minima Schedule‐IV - *

78. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Schedule‐IV - *

79. Grey Tit Parus major Schedule‐IV - *

80. Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Schedule‐IV - *

81. Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus Schedule‐IV - *

82. Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus Schedule‐IV * *

83. Tailor Bird Orthotomus sutorius Schedule‐IV - *

84. Rose Ringed

Parakeet

Psittacula krameri Schedule‐IV - *




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 89

85. Baya Ploceus philippinus Schedule‐IV - *

86. Owl Bubo bubo Schedule‐IV - *

Pisces

87. Chelluah Aspidoparia morar Least Concern - *

88. Barna Baril Barilius barna Least Concern - *

89. Katla Catla catla Least Concern - *

90. Chaguni Chagunius chagunio Least Concern - *

91. Cat fish Mystus cavasius Least Concern - *

92. Chaguni Chagunius chagunio Least Concern - *

93. Common Carp Cyprinus carpio Least Concern - *

94. Reba Carp Cirrhinus reba Least Concern - *

95. Sind Danio Danio devario Least Concern - *

96. Kharsa, Butter Labeo angra Least Concern - *

97. Bata Labeo bata Least Concern - *

98. Boga Bata Labeo boga Least Concern - *

99. Kali, Boalla Labeo dyocheilus Least Concern - *

100. Kuri, Khursa Labeo gonius Least Concern - *

101. Swamp Barb Puntius chola Least Concern - *

102. Olive Barb Puntius sarana Least Concern - *

103. Ticto Barb Puntius ticto Least Concern - *

104. Elongated Grass

Perchlet

Chanda nama Least Concern - *

105. Great Snakehead Channa maruliuss Least Concern - *




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 90

Table 3.15: Cropping pattern of Study area, Panchkula

Crop Variety Family Botanical Name Trade Name

Vegetable

Malvaceae

Cucurbitaceae

Cucurbitaceae

Solanaceae

Abelmoschus esculentus

Cucurbita pepo

Momordica charantia

Capsicum annuum

Bhindi

Kaddu

Karela

Mirchi

Solanaceae Solanum melongena Brinjal

Solanaceae Solanum tuberosum Potato

Solanaceae Lycopersicum Lycopersicum Tomato

Cereals

Poaceae

Poaceae

Poaceae

Oryza sativa

Triticum aestivum

Zea mays

Rice

Wheat

Maize

Fruits Musaceae Musa paradisiacal Banana

Caricaceae Carica papaya Papaya

Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Mango

Spices Amaryllidaceae

Zingiberaceae

Allium sativum

Zingiber officinale

garlic

Adrak

3.8.3 SOCIAL/ AGRO FORESTRY

In India, natural forests are being conserved primarily for the environmental benefits.

Serious efforts are also being done to plant large number of trees outside forest under social

forestry programs to increase the tree cover and fulfill demand of various forest produce

required by the people and forest based industries. Agricultural fields are one of the

potential areas, where large scale planting of trees can be taken up along with the

agricultural crops. Agro‐forestry models adopted by the farmers in Haryana state are highly

lucrative, therefore, attracting farmers in a big way.

Table 3.16: Agro Forestry Species of the Study Area (Buffer Zone)

Botanical Name Trade Name Family

Ailanthus excelsa Mahaneem Simarubaceae

Albizia lebbeck Siris Leguminosae

Alstonia scholaris Saptparni Apocynaceae

Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

Butea monosperma Kachnar Fabaceae

Bombax ceiba Semal Malvaceae

Cedrus deodara Deodar pinaceae

Ceiba pentandra Kapok Malvaceae

Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae

Delonix regia Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae

Dendrocalamus strictus Lathi bans Poaceae




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 91

Endagered Flora: No endangered and endemic flora was recorded from core and

bufferzone of the project area

Endagered Fauna: Three species i.e. Python molurus, Pavo cristatus and Panthrea pardus

fusca listed in the Schedule –I under wildlife protection Act, 1972.

Location of National Park/Sanctuaries

The nearest Protected area from project boundary is Khol Hi Raitan WLS (1.9Km, N

direction). As per the ESZ rules restricted area for mining activity is 1000 m from outside

the notified ESZ Boundary. Project site is around 1.98 km away from the ESZ boundary.

3.10.12 CONCLUSION

Baseline study for the biological environment was conducted to assess the existing

condition of the 10 km study area of the proposed sand mining project. There are no any

threatened plant species has been recorded. Khol hi raitan wildlife sanctuary near about

1.98 km (crow fly distance) was found.

In the faunal study total three animals species were found in which are under schedule-I (as

per WPA 1972). Hence, the wildlife conservation plan of Rs. 15.00.

Eucalyptus cameldulensis Nilgiri Myrtaceae

Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae

Ficus benghalensis Bad Moraceae

Hamiltonia suaveolens Akashneem Rubiaceae

Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Leguminosae

Neolamarckia cadamba Kadam Rubiaceae

Peltophorum pterocarpum Peltaforum Leguminosae

Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae

Pongamia pinnata Karanj Leguminosae

Populus deltoides Poplar Salicaceae

Spathodea campanulata Spathodia Bignoniaceae

Tecoma stans Tecoma Bignoniaceae

Tectona grandis Sagwan Verbenaceae

Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

Terminalia bellirica Bahera Combretaceae




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 92

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.9.1 OBJECTIVES

The broad objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are:-

1. To study the socio-economic status of the people living in the study area.

2. To assess the impact on socio-economic environment due to the project concerned.

3. To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by the Project

Proponent, if any.

4. To suggest community development measures that needs to be taken for the study area

with stakeholder engagement.

The studies carried out are descriptive and exploratory in nature.

3.9.2 DATA COLLECTION

S. No. Collection of data With Effect From

Secondary Sources

I Census of India, 2011 Latest Update available from 2012

II Minimum Wages Act , 1948 Latest Update available dated April 1, 2016 to

September 30, 2016.

III RFCTLARR Act 2013 Not Applicable

IV Mines & Mineral Concession Rules

1986

Minor Mineral Rules, 1996

Its subsequent amendment 12/07/2013

Primary Sources Method/ Technique

Field observations Transect walk

Extensive site specific survey:

Manner and the order of Questions:

Survey period:

Type:

Non-Probability Random Sampling

Open Questions

1 Sub-round/ per monitoring season (Pre-

Monsoon)

Rural frame Survey

3.9.3 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA

3.9.3.1Habitation

There are 81 villages with 18496 households in the periphery (10.00 Km) of the study area.

The urban part of Barwala Tehsil of Panchkkula District. The average household size is

approximately 5 members.




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 93

Gender Distribution

Male

Female

Child Sex Ratio Under Six

Male

Female

Literacy Rate

Male

Female

Working Population

Male

3.9.3.2 Population Profile

As per the Census of India 2011, the population of

the study area is 100345 comprising of scattered

rural habitation. The gender distribution 54.46%

are males and 45.53% are females. The gender

ratio is 836 in the study area is slightly low as

compared to the district 870 (Panchkkula) as per

Census of India, 2011.

3.9.3.3 Child population Distribution:

The Children population below 06 years is

12.52% of the total population.

The gender ratio among children below 6 years

is 849 in the study area much lower to its district

ratio of 873 in Child sex ratio of Panchkkula.

There are 54.07% of boys child (below 06 years)

among the total below 06 years population as

compared to the 45.92% of total girl child

population below 6 years.

3.9.3.4Literacy Profile in Buffer Zone

As per Census of India 2011, the average literacy

rate is low with 66.38% of total population is

literate. The literacy rate of males is High average

59.47% with respect to male population. The

literacy rate of females is poor 40.52% with respect

to female population in the study area. There is a

wide literacy gap of 8.95% among the female

literates from the male literate population.

3.9.3.5 Occupational Structure in Buffer Zone

Work participation:

The work participation rate is male 79.23% and the

Female contribution of 20.76% in the study area as

per the Census of India, 2011.




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 94

Main Worker

Male

Female

Marginal Worker

Male

Female

Non Working

Male

Female

40

50

60

Male Female

Schedule Cast Population

Main workers participation:

The main workers participation rate is 31.41%. The

Main workers Women 16.16%. And Male main

worker are 83.83%. Low in the category of main

workers.

Marginal workers:

The marginal workers are 7.00%. The working

women are less 41.37% in marginal category as

compared to the male 58.62% counterparts in

this category.

Non working:

The non working population among men 39.00% and

women 60.99% is high.

3.9.36 Schedule Cast Population

As per the Census of India, 2011 The Scheduled

cast population is 20.44% in the study area. The

male population in the ST population is 53.95%

and the females are 46.04% of the SC population in

the study area.

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

9

5

Ta

ble

No

. 3.3

3: D

em

og

rap

hic P

rofile

of th

e S

tud

y A

rea

S. N

o.

Villa

ge

s H

ou

seh

old

P

op

ula

tion

L

itera

cy

Ma

in W

ork

er

Ma

rgin

al

Wo

rke

r

N

on

- Wo

rke

r

T

ota

l M

ale

F

em

ale

T

ota

l M

ale

F

em

ale

T

ota

l M

ale

F

em

ale

T

ota

l M

ale

F

em

ale

T

ota

l M

ale

F

em

ale

1

Bar (1

35

) 1

53

7

73

4

13

3

60

4

75

2

71

2

04

2

52

2

13

3

9

25

1

21

2

39

1

1

0

2

Kan

diala (1

37

) 1

13

5

72

3

03

2

69

4

16

2

37

1

79

1

72

1

56

1

6

15

6

14

3

13

1

6

13

3

3

Kh

era (12

4)

12

1

62

4

33

1

29

3

41

5

24

2

17

3

19

0

17

4

16

1

90

1

74

1

6

0

0

0

4

Bh

aron

Ki Ser (P

art) (14

9)

60

9

28

37

1

49

3

13

44

1

82

7

10

50

7

77

9

58

8

09

1

49

9

16

7

78

1

38

4

2

31

1

1

5

No

ulta (1

58

) 5

5

30

9

16

7

14

2

21

0

12

1

89

1

08

9

0

18

1

07

8

9

18

1

1

0

6

Dak

rog (1

69

) 7

3

41

5

21

5

20

0

25

0

15

1

99

1

90

1

28

6

2

80

7

4

6

11

0

54

5

6

7

Gan

eshp

ur (1

88

) 1

66

9

18

4

80

4

38

6

05

3

47

2

58

2

78

2

47

3

1

20

0

17

6

24

7

8

71

7

8

Kh

arku

a (18

3)

10

5

58

5

30

3

28

2

34

3

19

4

14

9

16

1

15

2

9

15

4

14

5

9

7

7

0

9

Jalla (17

9)

66

4

14

2

10

2

04

2

55

1

41

1

14

1

11

1

04

7

9

8

97

1

1

3

7

6

10

B

ansgh

ati (18

0)

10

5

1

25

2

6

36

2

1

15

1

5

14

1

1

5

14

1

0

0

0

11

B

han

oo

(23

4)

39

5

29

92

2

24

2

75

0

26

49

2

06

4

58

5

20

04

1

87

0

13

4

19

56

1

84

9

10

7

48

2

1

27

12

D

abk

auri (2

24

) 2

06

1

19

8

63

7

56

1

75

9

45

0

30

9

60

2

31

6

28

6

28

7

25

6

31

3

15

6

0

25

5

13

A

lipu

r (23

7)

23

0

11

01

6

09

4

92

7

67

4

64

3

03

3

51

3

24

2

7

25

7

23

8

19

9

4

86

8

14

Su

ltanp

ur (2

41

) 1

83

1

03

7

50

3

53

4

73

7

37

5

36

2

34

7

27

8

69

3

13

2

62

5

1

34

1

6

18

15

P

alasra (24

2)

14

3

53

3

29

6

23

7

27

4

17

0

10

4

26

6

19

2

74

2

61

1

91

7

0

5

1

4

16

D

han

dau

rru (4

) 1

97

1

14

9

61

8

53

1

80

3

46

6

33

7

33

7

31

2

25

3

33

3

10

2

3

4

2

2

17

B

atwal (5

) 1

18

6

30

3

26

3

04

4

02

2

15

1

87

1

89

1

76

1

3

18

6

17

4

12

3

2

1

18

Sh

ahp

ur (2

10

) 1

53

8

18

4

23

3

95

5

39

3

03

2

36

3

30

2

27

1

03

1

43

9

5

48

1

87

1

32

5

5

19

B

harau

li (21

2)

14

0

81

1

43

7

37

4

50

1

29

9

20

2

36

1

22

3

13

8

31

3

21

3

10

0

48

1

0

38

20

K

aimb

wala (2

13

) 2

9

18

0

10

3

77

1

07

6

7

40

5

1

44

7

2

5

24

1

2

6

20

6

21

T

aparian

(21

4)

29

1

15

85

8

48

7

37

1

08

5

64

5

44

0

48

8

43

9

49

3

23

2

92

3

1

16

5

14

7

18

22

T

arlok

pu

r (21

6)

11

0

59

9

29

6

30

3

42

7

23

7

19

0

15

0

13

7

13

6

4

52

1

2

86

8

5

1

23

D

ullo

pu

r (21

7)

24

1

48

7

6

72

1

07

5

7

50

1

26

6

4

62

8

0

40

4

0

46

2

4

22

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

9

6

24

B

hu

d (1

99

) 2

01

1

20

6

63

4

57

2

68

8

41

2

27

6

37

7

35

2

25

1

02

9

3

9

27

5

25

9

16

25

M

asum

pu

r (20

1)

79

4

35

2

29

2

06

2

78

1

63

1

15

2

23

1

29

9

4

11

7

88

2

9

10

6

41

6

5

26

R

ahn

a (20

4)

22

7

14

49

7

52

6

97

6

36

4

15

2

21

4

57

4

19

3

8

39

5

37

7

18

6

2

42

2

0

27

G

ob

ind

pu

r (20

5)

38

2

55

1

37

1

18

1

49

9

2

57

1

15

7

8

37

1

14

7

7

37

1

1

0

28

B

adh

aur (2

08

) 3

03

1

79

0

95

3

83

7

10

60

6

29

4

31

7

91

5

20

2

71

7

46

4

99

2

47

4

5

21

2

4

29

R

amp

ur (2

09

) 1

98

1

12

1

61

0

51

1

66

7

41

5

25

2

36

2

34

2

20

3

20

3

11

9

4

2

31

1

1

30

N

arainp

ur (2

07

) 8

0

40

2

20

5

19

7

24

7

14

3

10

4

14

3

12

0

23

1

39

1

17

2

2

4

3

1

31

G

arhi (2

45

) 7

52

3

88

5

21

03

1

78

2

24

02

1

38

7

10

15

1

56

5

11

23

4

42

1

29

2

94

0

35

2

27

3

18

3

90

32

D

and

lawar (2

49

) 1

58

8

34

4

41

3

93

5

37

2

99

2

38

3

59

2

27

1

32

3

27

2

17

1

10

3

2

10

2

2

33

P

yarew

ala (25

0)

42

4

22

88

1

35

4

93

4

14

45

9

51

4

94

1

09

9

88

9

21

0

89

2

80

8

84

2

07

8

1

12

6

34

B

hagp

ur (2

48

) 4

4

28

5

15

5

13

0

17

9

10

6

73

1

76

9

7

79

8

9

74

1

5

87

2

3

64

35

B

araun

a Ch

ho

ta (7)

10

9

59

8

30

8

29

0

42

8

23

3

19

5

17

7

15

8

19

1

51

1

37

1

4

26

2

1

5

36

T

ibi M

ajra (8)

10

2

56

9

30

0

26

9

40

6

22

7

17

9

28

5

17

1

11

4

17

1

15

5

16

1

14

1

6

98

37

B

araun

a Kalan

(9)

22

0

11

98

6

21

5

77

8

68

4

73

3

95

3

80

3

22

5

8

34

8

31

0

38

3

2

12

2

0

38

N

atwal (2

3)

41

8

23

12

1

25

5

10

57

1

30

9

78

9

52

0

85

8

65

3

20

5

73

7

56

6

17

1

12

1

87

3

4

39

B

agwali (1

9)

22

6

12

89

6

70

6

19

8

98

5

16

3

82

5

19

3

58

1

61

4

70

3

29

1

41

4

9

29

2

0

40

R

aipu

r Ran

i (CT

) 1

79

3

90

28

4

75

3

42

75

6

46

5

35

89

2

87

6

31

08

2

39

1

71

7

24

88

2

07

0

41

8

62

0

32

1

29

9

41

K

heran

wali (1

30

) 3

72

1

89

9

98

3

91

6

13

10

7

63

5

47

4

97

4

76

2

1

31

6

29

8

18

1

81

1

78

3

42

B

ar (13

5)

15

3

77

3

41

3

36

0

47

5

27

1

20

4

25

2

21

3

39

2

51

2

12

3

9

1

1

0

43

K

and

iala (13

7)

11

3

57

2

30

3

26

9

41

6

23

7

17

9

17

2

15

6

16

1

56

1

43

1

3

16

1

3

3

44

K

hera (1

24

) 1

21

6

24

3

31

2

93

4

15

2

42

1

73

1

90

1

74

1

6

19

0

17

4

16

0

0

0

45

B

haro

n K

i Ser (Part) (1

49

) 6

09

2

83

7

14

93

1

34

4

18

27

1

05

0

77

7

95

8

80

9

14

9

91

6

77

8

13

8

42

3

1

11

46

N

ou

lta (15

8)

55

3

09

1

67

1

42

2

10

1

21

8

9

10

8

90

1

8

10

7

89

1

8

1

1

0

47

D

akro

g (16

9)

73

4

15

2

15

2

00

2

50

1

51

9

9

19

0

12

8

62

8

0

74

6

1

10

5

4

56

48

G

anesh

pu

r (18

8)

16

6

91

8

48

0

43

8

60

5

34

7

25

8

27

8

24

7

31

2

00

1

76

2

4

78

7

1

7

49

K

hark

ua (1

83

) 1

05

5

85

3

03

2

82

3

43

1

94

1

49

1

61

1

52

9

1

54

1

45

9

7

7

0

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

9

7

50

Jalla (1

79

) 6

6

41

4

21

0

20

4

25

5

14

1

11

4

11

1

10

4

7

98

9

7

1

13

7

6

51

B

ansgh

ati (18

0)

10

5

1

25

2

6

36

2

1

15

1

5

14

1

1

5

14

1

0

0

0

52

B

han

oo

(23

4)

39

5

29

92

2

24

2

75

0

26

49

2

06

4

58

5

20

04

1

87

0

13

4

19

56

1

84

9

10

7

48

2

1

27

53

D

abk

auri (2

24

) 2

06

1

19

8

63

7

56

1

75

9

45

0

30

9

60

2

31

6

28

6

28

7

25

6

31

3

15

6

0

25

5

54

A

lipu

r (23

7)

23

0

11

01

6

09

4

92

7

67

4

64

3

03

3

51

3

24

2

7

25

7

23

8

19

9

4

86

8

55

Su

ltanp

ur (2

41

) 1

83

1

03

7

50

3

53

4

73

7

37

5

36

2

34

7

27

8

69

3

13

2

62

5

1

34

1

6

18

56

P

alasra (24

2)

14

3

53

3

29

6

23

7

27

4

17

0

10

4

26

6

19

2

74

2

61

1

91

7

0

5

1

4

57

D

han

dau

rru (4

) 1

97

1

14

9

61

8

53

1

80

3

46

6

33

7

33

7

31

2

25

3

33

3

10

2

3

4

2

2

58

B

atwal (5

) 1

18

6

30

3

26

3

04

4

02

2

15

1

87

1

89

1

76

1

3

18

6

17

4

12

3

2

1

59

Sh

ahp

ur (2

10

) 1

53

8

18

4

23

3

95

5

39

3

03

2

36

3

30

2

27

1

03

1

43

9

5

48

1

87

1

32

5

5

60

B

harau

li (21

2)

14

0

81

1

43

7

37

4

50

1

29

9

20

2

36

1

22

3

13

8

31

3

21

3

10

0

48

1

0

38

61

K

aimb

wala (2

13

) 2

9

18

0

10

3

77

1

07

6

7

40

5

1

44

7

2

5

24

1

2

6

20

6

62

T

aparian

(21

4)

29

1

15

85

8

48

7

37

1

08

5

64

5

44

0

48

8

43

9

49

3

23

2

92

3

1

16

5

14

7

18

63

T

arlok

pu

r (21

6)

11

0

59

9

29

6

30

3

42

7

23

7

19

0

15

0

13

7

13

6

4

52

1

2

86

8

5

1

64

D

ullo

pu

r (21

7)

24

1

48

7

6

72

1

07

5

7

50

1

26

6

4

62

8

0

40

4

0

46

2

4

22

65

B

hu

d (1

99

) 2

01

1

20

6

63

4

57

2

68

8

41

2

27

6

37

7

35

2

25

1

02

9

3

9

27

5

25

9

16

66

M

asum

pu

r (20

1)

79

4

35

2

29

2

06

2

78

1

63

1

15

2

23

1

29

9

4

11

7

88

2

9

10

6

41

6

5

67

R

ahn

a (20

4)

22

7

14

49

7

52

6

97

6

36

4

15

2

21

4

57

4

19

3

8

39

5

37

7

18

6

2

42

2

0

68

G

ob

ind

pu

r (20

5)

38

2

55

1

37

1

18

1

49

9

2

57

1

15

7

8

37

1

14

7

7

37

1

1

0

69

B

adh

aur (2

08

) 3

03

1

79

0

95

3

83

7

10

60

6

29

4

31

7

91

5

20

2

71

7

46

4

99

2

47

4

5

21

2

4

70

R

amp

ur (2

09

) 1

98

1

12

1

61

0

51

1

66

7

41

5

25

2

36

2

34

2

20

3

20

3

11

9

4

2

31

1

1

71

N

arainp

ur (2

07

) 8

0

40

2

20

5

19

7

24

7

14

3

10

4

14

3

12

0

23

1

39

1

17

2

2

4

3

1

72

G

arhi (2

45

) 7

52

3

88

5

21

03

1

78

2

24

02

1

38

7

10

15

1

56

5

11

23

4

42

1

29

2

94

0

35

2

27

3

18

3

90

73

D

and

lawar (2

49

) 1

58

8

34

4

41

3

93

5

37

2

99

2

38

3

59

2

27

1

32

3

27

2

17

1

10

3

2

10

2

2

74

P

yarew

ala (25

0)

42

4

22

88

1

35

4

93

4

14

45

9

51

4

94

1

09

9

88

9

21

0

89

2

80

8

84

2

07

8

1

12

6

75

B

hagp

ur (2

48

) 4

4

28

5

15

5

13

0

17

9

10

6

73

1

76

9

7

79

8

9

74

1

5

87

2

3

64

PR

OJE

CT

:- BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L &

SA

ND

MIN

ING

S

EC

TIO

N – III –

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N O

F E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

T

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

Y

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/ T

RP

WP

L-R

ive

r Be

d S

an

d M

inin

g/

01

1/

EC

/ 2

01

8 - 1

9/ 0

40

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

9

8

76

B

araun

a Ch

ho

ta (7)

10

9

59

8

30

8

29

0

42

8

23

3

19

5

17

7

15

8

19

1

51

1

37

1

4

26

2

1

5

77

T

ibi M

ajra (8)

10

2

56

9

30

0

26

9

40

6

22

7

17

9

28

5

17

1

11

4

17

1

15

5

16

1

14

1

6

98

78

B

araun

a Kalan

(9)

22

0

11

98

6

21

5

77

8

68

4

73

3

95

3

80

3

22

5

8

34

8

31

0

38

3

2

12

2

0

79

N

atwal (2

3)

41

8

23

12

1

25

5

10

57

1

30

9

78

9

52

0

85

8

65

3

20

5

73

7

56

6

17

1

12

1

87

3

4

80

B

agwali (1

9)

22

6

12

89

6

70

6

19

8

98

5

16

3

82

5

19

3

58

1

61

4

70

3

29

1

41

4

9

29

2

0

81

R

aipu

r Ran

i (CT

) 1

79

3

90

28

4

75

3

42

75

6

46

5

35

89

2

87

6

31

08

2

39

1

71

7

24

88

2

07

0

41

8

62

0

32

1

29

9

18

49

6

10

03

45

54

65

1

45

69

4

66

61

2

39

61

5

26

99

7

38

55

9

30

55

2

80

07

3

15

28

2

64

30

5

09

8

70

31

4

12

2

29

09

*S

ou

rce: - Cen

sus o

f Ind

ia’ 2

01

1




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 99

3.9.4 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The google map showing the nearest habitations from the lease area.

Habitation Distance

Rattewali 0.6km

Village Shamtu 2.05km

Dabkauri 2.46km

Parwala 1.97km

Tarlokpur 2.66km

Tibbi 1.60km

The google map showing the

nearest habitations from the

lease area

a) Educational Facilities

b) Medical Facilities

c) Pet Medical Facilities

Educational Facilities Name of Villages Distance (Km) & Direction


Government senior secondary school Parwala 2.25

Government High School Khetprali 2.07

Government School Billa 6.10

Govt. Sen. Sec. School Bhoj Dharti 7.56

Medical Facilities Name of Villages Distance (Km) & Direction


Primary Health Center Kot 4.80

Government Dispensary, Sector 25 Jhiwri 10.34

Government Hospital Raipur rani 7.05

Government Primary Health Center - 7.98

Pet Medical Facilities Name of Villages Distance (Km) & Direction


Government Pet Hospital Panchkkula 12.23

Pet Animal Medical Centre Panchkkula 12.30




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 100

d) Communication and Post Office

Communication Facilities Name of Villages Distance (Km) & Direction


Post Office Barwala 10.24

Public telephone booths are available in most of the surrounding villages. Nearly every

Household utilizes telephone/ mobile facility.

e) Nearest Railway station

Particulars Facilities Distance (Km) & Direction


Chandi mandir railway station 12.96

Chandigarh,railway station 17.14

f) Temple

Particulars Facilities Name of village Distance (Km) & Direction


ISKCON tample Panchkkula 0.76

Shiv Mandir Rattewali 9.77

Sharda Mata mandir chota trilokpur Near Raipurrani 3.12

g) Turisum and Other



Bird Sanctuary Barwala 8.17km

Morni Fort Morni 9.17

Morni Hills Morni 9.51

Birds Zoo Morni, Morni 8.96

h) Bus Stop



Raipur rani Bus Stop Raipur Rani 7.09

Kishangarh Bus Stop - 9.77

Table 3.34: Profile of Baseline Conditions

Field Survey

Transportation was available in all

the aspects

Bus Govt. Roadways/ Private - Tractors, Scooters, Motor Cycles,

(Public transport available).

Roads were observed to be Mix of Kutcha/ Semi-Pucca & Pucca, Painted & Cemented.

Electricity Supply has been Irregular but Electrical supply is available in all nearby villages.

Main Food Chapatti, Sabji, Dal




011/ EC / 2018 - 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 101

Potable Water Wells and hand pumps are dominant sources of drinking water and

other domestic consumption. Government Supply in Revenue

Villages or otherwise Hand pumps by villagers at large.

Festivals Holi, Diwali, Gangore, Raksha Bandhan, Gangore, Baisakhi. *Source: Field Survey and Observations.

Livestock: - The study area includes mostly non-urban area where cattle wealth is of great

importance to the economy of the study region especially in agriculture. Every farmer usually has at

least a cow or buffalo and a pair of bullocks, which perform a variety of functions, chief among them

being sloughing, harrowing and carrying Bullock-carts, agricultural implements etc. Agriculture is

up to an appreciable extent. Goats are used mainly for milking and meat purpose, donkey and

camels are used for carrying loads. Live stock rising is an economic activity persuaded by certain

sections of community, who have made grazing and breeding of livestock as their traditional

occupation. Livestock has proved to be a very valuable asset to the farmers. It provides them with

the draught power required for cultivation and an additional means of supplementing their income.

*********************

PROJECT:- BOULDER, GRAVEL & SAND MINING SECTION – IV–ANTICIAPTED ENVIRONMENTAL

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAYS IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/TR-Boulder Gravel and Sand Mine/001/MP-EC-

RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 102

SECTION –IV

INDEX

4.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 103

4.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................. 103

4.2.1 SOURCE............................................................................................................................................ 103

4.2.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................ 103

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................................. 104

4.3.1 SOURCE............................................................................................................................................ 104

4.3.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................ 104

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................... 105

4.4.1 AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS (AQIP) ..................................................................... 105

4.4.2 DETAILS OF EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................. 105

4.4.3 AIR QUALITY MODELLING ........................................................................................................ 106

4.4.2.1 Results and Conclusions ........................................................................................................... 107

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................. 110

4.5.1 SOURCE............................................................................................................................................ 110

4.5.2 IMPACT PREDICTION ................................................................................................................. 110

4.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................................................................................... 111

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 111

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT ........................................................................................................ 114

4.7.1 IMPACT ON COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHICS ........................................................................ 114

4.7.2 IMPACT ON EMPLOYMENT ....................................................................................................... 117

4.7.3 IMPACT ON ECONOMIC DIVERSITY AND VITALITY ......................................................... 117

4.7.4 IMPACT DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY....................................................................................... 118

4.7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ............................................................................................................................ 119

*******************




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 103

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

Depending on the nature of activities and baseline environment status, the impacts were

assessed. The following parameters are of significance in the Environmental Impact

Assessment and are being discussed in detail:-

1. Land Environment;

2. Water Environment;

3. Air Environment;

4. Noise Environment;

5. Biological Environment;

6. Socio-Economic Environment.

4.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 SOURCE

The river bed mining does not involve any overburden/ waste. Thus, no waste dump sites

are needed. Main aspects are excavation, loading & transportation activities.

4.2.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES

Impact Mitigation Measures

Obstruction in river flow/ course.

Erosion of channel bed and banks.

Increase in channel slope.

Change in channel morphology.

Impact on stream’s physical

characteristics, such as channel

geometry, bed elevation in stream

roughness of the bed, flow velocity,

discharge capacity, sediment

transportation capacity etc.

Impact on ecological equilibrium of

riverine regime.

Mining of minerals will be started from dip side towards rise at the

centre and also laterally in 1.0m slice. Unwanted material or spillage (if

any) will not be stacked by the side of the excavation voids created.

Excavation will be carried out in a manner so that water flow/ course

will not be obstructed.

Mining is to be done leaving safety barrier or offset on both sides and

maximum barrier should be on concave side of river preferably the flow

channel (excavation void created) should be kept straight so as to help

avoid erosion as side cutting or collapsing.

Safety Zone or Buffer area will be created from the river banks to

minimize the slope instability & erosion and to increase the stability of

structures. These safety zones will not be mined out.

Quantities will be strictly limited so that sand accumulation rates are

sufficient to avoid extended impacts on channel morphology.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 104

Mining will be carried out as per approved Modified Mining Plan in

scientific and systematic way.

Sand mining will be restricted down to 3.0m below river bed or 2.0m

above the ground water table, whichever less. Therefore, the mining

will not intersect the groundwater table.

Loss of aquatic habitat is minimized because the river bed mining will

be carried only in dry bed which will not disturb the riverine ecosystem.

The mine working will remain confined to river bed only and in no case

mining will disturb any surface area outside the river bed which may

affect topography or drainage.

The mining from river bed will not have any impact on natural drainage

of surrounding area as the excavated sand from river bed is filled with

first heavy flow in river during monsoon season

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 SOURCE

Dry bed mining;

No intersection of water table;

No discharge in the river.

4.3.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES


Flow pattern might be changed due to river

bed mining.

By mining activities depth will be increased

which may increase the flow velocity.

No diversion is proposed. There will not be any adverse impact on

flow pattern, surface hydrology and ground water regime.

Mining activities will be restricted to 3.0m depth, which will not cause

much change in flow pattern of the river.

An offset of 7.5m will be left from both sides of river, which will

minimize the chances of bank failure.

Change in surface water quality and ground

water quality

There is no change in surface water quality as river is seasonal.

Ground water quality will not be affected due to mining activities as it

is restricted to 3.0m depth and the water level is 8.0m below the

surface of river bed.

A safety zone of 50m around the any structure will be created and it

will be left un-mined.

The mining will not be allowed below the water table.

Regular monitoring of water samples will be done as precautionary

measures.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 105

Impact on Ground water recharge potential

as the thickness of the natural filter

materials (sediments) is reduce causing less

infiltration.

The depth of mining in the river bed should not exceed up to 3.0m

depth or water level whichever is less.

Mining will be done as per approved Modified Mining Plan and

applicable Rule & Regulation, so that there is no damage on ground

water recharge potential due to sand mining.

Waste Water Discharge Modular Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) well mounted above bed level

(The same will be mobilized in a non-working area) will be used;

hence no sewage/ liquid effluent will be generated. Hence,

contamination is not expected due to percolation.

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS (AQIP)

The major sources of air pollution from the mine are dust generation due to loading &

transportation of mineral and wind erosion of exposed material. In this present study,

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA – 42 series) approved

mathematical equations, have been used to predict emission rates for different operations

in mining including the mineral transportation.

4.4.2 DETAILS OF EMISSIONS

The sources of pollutants were identified. Mineral excavation was identified as area source

emission, loading and unloading of minerals as point source and transportation routes were

identified as line source. Appropriate mathematical equations will be used to calculate the

emission rates for the various mining operations. Due to low sulphur content in diesel and

petrol, the SO2 emission due to vehicular movements was not considered.

A. Loading of Mineral

Particulars SPM PM10 PM2.5

Quantity, TPA 19,00,000

Operational Hours per year 3000

Activity rate, t/hr 633

USEPA Emission Equation in lb/ton 1.16 / (M)1.2 0.75[0.119 / (M)0.9 ] 0.019[ 1.16 / (M)1.2 ]

Emission of dust, g/sec 5.836 0.896 0.111

Uncontrolled Emission rate,

g/s/m2

0.0005836 0.0000896 0.000011

Controlled Emission rate, g/s/m2 0.00005836 0.00000896 0.0000011




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 106

B. Haulage Emissions (Unpaved) – Transport of mineral from Working Pit to tarred /

Village road

Particulars PM10 PM2.5


Operational hours per day 10

Capacity of each truck 25 T

Total number of trips per day 254

Lead length per trip, km 3 (two way) 3 (two way)

USEPA Emission Equation, lb/VMT [(k) x [(s/12)^0.9] x [(W/3)^0.45] ]((365-p)/365))

Emission, kg/VKmT 1.261 0.504

Uncontrolled Emission rate,

g/sec/m

0.01 0.004

Controlled emission rate, g/sec/m 0.002 0.0008

C. Haulage Emissions (Paved) – Transport of mineral from village road to end use

Particulars PM10 PM2.5


Operational hours per day 10

Capacity of each truck 25 T

Total number of trips per day 254

Length per trip, km 10 10

USEPA Emission Equation, lb/VMT [[(k) x [(sL/2)^0.65] x [(W/3)^1.5]] - C]((1- (p/1460))

Emission, kg/VKmT 0.0697 0.03

Emission rate, g/sec/m 0.00542 0.0024

Note: Emission factor computed based on silt content of 10% and moisture content of 10%.

4.4.3 AIR QUALITY MODELLING

In order to predict the particulate and gaseous emissions, AERMOD Version 7.1.0 model was

used to predict changes in air quality i.e., maximum ground level concentration (GLC’s) of

PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO due to the proposed mining activity. The inputs required for the

model is: -

Hourly meteorological data

Source data

Receptor data

Programme control parameters

The GLC’s were predicted for the scenario, with EMP in the mine.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 107

4.4.2.1 Results and Conclusions

The ground level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. The maximum ground

level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO from the different mining activities for

study period with EMP are given in table 4.1 and were observed to be 4.9 g/m3, 2.2g/m3,

and 3g/m3 respectively. The maximum GLC’s were falling within the pit area/ lease area

for the given meteorological and topographical conditions.

Table 4.1: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Incremental GLC’s (µg/m3)

PM10 4.9

PM2.5 2.18

NOx 3

The combined impact on ambient air quality at different locations within the study area due

to the proposed mining based on the model output for PM10 & PM2.5, and NOx for the study

period is given in table 4.2 below. The isopleths of the same are given in Figures 4.1 to 4.3

respectively.

Table 4.2: Total Expected Ground Level Concentrations at different locations in the study area

for study period (Post-Monsoon Season).

Location Ground Level Concentrations of PM10 in g/m3

Predicted Background (Max.) Total Expected CPCB Standard

Mine Site 4.9 98.3 103.2 100

Rattewali 2.2 96.1 98.3 100

Parwala 1.1 91.7 92.8 100

Raipura PF Near Bharoli < 0.1 88.3 88.3 100

Raipur Rani < 0.1 103.8 103.8 100

Alipur 0.55 98.2 98.8 100

Khatauli 0.55 97.2 97.8 100

Location Ground Level Concentrations of PM2.5 in g/m3


Mine Site 2.2 59.2 61.4 60

Rattewali 0.73 55.5 56.2 60

Parwala 0.25 50.7 51 60

Raipura PF Near Bharoli < 0.1 50.3 50.3 60

Raipur Rani < 0.1 64.1 64.1 60

Alipur < 0.1 53.5 53.5 60

Khatauli < 0.1 57.3 57.3 60




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 108

Location Ground Level Concentrations of NOx in g/m3


Mine Site 3 38.6 41.6 80

Rattewali 1 34.2 35.2 80

Parwala <0.1 30.2 30.2 80

Raipura PF Near Bharoli <0.1 30.3 30.3 80

Raipur Rani <0.1 33.5 33.5 80

Alipur <0.1 35.3 35.3 80

Khatauli <0.1 33.6 33.6 80

It is seen from the above table, the GLC’s obtained at various locations for the study period are well

within the CPCB standards (dated 18th November, 2009).

From the above it could be clearly seen that due effective implementation of various control

measures as discussed in the proposed mine, there will not be any significant impact on the

ambient air quality in the region.

Figure 4.1: Isopleths Showing Predicted Incremental GLC’s of PM10




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 109

Figure 4.2: Isopleths Showing Predicted Incremental GLC’s of PM2.5

Figure 4.3: Isopleths Showing Predicted Incremental GLC’s of NOx




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 110

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 SOURCE

Main noise generating sources are operation of mining equipments and movements of

vehicles. Transportation activities are the main source of noise production.

4.5.2 IMPACT PREDICTION

To understand the combined effect of these noise levels on the nearby community, Custic

3.2 (Lakes Environmental – USEPA approved) scientific model has been used to estimate

the noise levels at different distances from the proposed mine site. All the major noise

generating machineries like excavator, tippers/ trucks, loader etc., are considered in this

model. The noise level at various locations due to different sources is calculated based on

the following formula:

Lp2 = Lp1 – 20 log (r2 / r1) – Ae1, 2

Where, Lp1 and Lp2 - Sound Levels at points located at distance r1 / r2 from the source

Ae1,2- Excess Attenuation due to Environmental Conditions.

Combined effects from different sources at various locations are then computed by the

following equation:

Lp (total) = 10 log (10 Lpx/10 + 10 Lpy/10 +10 Lpz/10))

Where,Lpx, Lpy, Lpz are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

The predicted noise levels based on the above analysis in the nearby villages, considering

that there is no attenuation on account of barriers or green belt/plantation will be as

follows:-

Table 4.4: Cumulative Noise Level due to Various Noise Generating Sources

[All values in dB(A)]

Location Existing Leq (day) Predicted Resultant

Near Mine Site 64.6 62 66.5

Rattewali 40.1 48 48.7

Village Parwala 51.6 36 51.7

Rajpura PF Near Bharoli 54.2 29 54.2

Village Rajpur Rani 54.2 26.4 54.2

Village Alipur 53.8 28 53.8

Village Khelprali 53.2 28 53.2

From the above, it is clearly seen that there will be no significant impact on the

surrounding community due to noise from the proposed activity.

Further due to natural attenuation effects, by proper green belt development, design/

maintenance of machines, etc., the impact on noise levels will be minimal.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 111

4.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES


Noise impact due to mining

activities

Noise impact due to vehicular

movement

Auditory impact

The noise levels from all these sources are periodical and restricted to

particular operation.

The noise measurement data indicated that present noise levels in the study

area is within the permissible limits of National Ambient Noise Quality

Standards.

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

No other equipments except the transportation vehicles and excavator for

loading will be allowed.

Noise generated by these equipments will be intermittent and does not cause

much adverse impact.

Proper maintenance of all equipments/ machines will be carried out which

help in reducing noise during operations.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and vicinity of river

bank. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.

Ear muffs will be provided while working on mining equipments.

Regular health checkups will be conducted for any such health implications.

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Impacts due to proposed mining project may be changes in ambient air quality and

degradation of vegetation, due to gaseous emission and pollutants deposited on the leaflet

of plant which affects the photosynthesis rate of flora and ultimately decrease the growth of

vegetation of surrounding area of buffer zone. Impact of Noise due to machinery and

transportation of minerals increases the accidental mortality of fauna and also chances to

decrease of habitation of local residential faunal groups of the study area. However few

impacts were indentified due to mining activity are as follows:-

Impact Evaluation Mitigation

Loss of adjacent

forest habitats and

biodiversity

The proposed mining

activities may affect the

surrounding habitats &

biodiversity.

As the proposed riverbed sand mine lease area is not Consists of any

critical / unique habitat or designated Forest land vulnerable to the

fragmentation or isolation. Therefore the project activities will not

have any impacts like loss of true forest habitat, floral species and

associated faunal diversity. However 33% area of the mine will be

covered under the green belt. Further impacts due to the project

activities can be mitigated through effective and additional

plantation with variety of species.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 112

Loss of vegetation

cover and

biodiversity (core

zone)

The vegetation in the area of

riverbed sand mine were

scattered in the nature impact

on associated biodiversity of

the core zone area is

observed as negligible.

There is no any clearing of existing sparse vegetation within the

lease area so no major impact on floral composition and associated

faunal species at local level.

Now it was suggested local trees species like: Azadirachta indica,

Cassia fistula, Delbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Polyalthia longifolia)

will be planted near mine area and villages, to reduce the impact of

project activities in the surroundings near villages of the mine site.


Changes in ambient

air quality (dust &

gases) and

degradation of

vegetation

Due to the mining project

transportation of sand with

the movement of vehicles will

increase by two folds in the

lease area and surroundings.

Dust concentration is expected

to increase because of heavy

vehicle movements in the area.

Greenbelt development program with specific plant species which

can act as bio-filters can further reduce the level of pollutant

concentration and also will improve the overall ambient air quality

in and around the project environment. Provision of spraying

water can help to reduce dust emission on roads. Moreover, the

following tabulated plant species suggested includes few shrubs

and trees species of wild, common and species of ornamental

values for effective dust control. The level of dust control

efficiency of these species ranges from minimum of 6.12% by

Acacia nilotica to maximum of 35.39% by Holoptelea integrifolia.

The area of plantation suggested mainly focused along the road

side where the vehicle pressure is likely to increase during the

mining activities especially during sand transportation.

1. In each location, a wider range plant species are suggested to

maintain the floral diversity and improve the survival rate.

Therefore, the species list includes predominately wild and few

common tree species with high rate of dust control efficiency

(Cassia fistula-23.03%, Butea monosperma- 24.44%, Azadirachta

indica -25.54. Polyalthia longifolia- 29.84%, Terminalia arjuna-

30.54% and Holoptelea integrifolia 35.39%).

2. The location 2 includes the stretches of all the roads passing

through the village area which are under the influences of

project related activities mainly vehicle pressure due to

transporting sand. A list of 11 species has been recommended to

develop avenue plantation along the road sides.


Impact of Noise on

faunal groups:

The main sources of noise in the

mining activities will be of vehicular 1. Some of the plants species perform vital role in

control noise pollution due to their thick and fleshy




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 113

Increase in noise

level in the project

area may affect the

faunal groups in

term of their

normal behaviors

like; feeding,

resting and

breeding/nesting

(especially

avifauna).

movement associated. The standard

prescribed by the Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) is

90 db(A) not more than 8 hrs.

Exposures for the worker However,

no such conditions and any standard

limitations have been available for

any animal group. However, intensive

afforestation program with

appropriate plant species can take

care of this localized and short term

disturbance in the long run.

leaves and vibrating nature (Sexena 1991). A total

of seven species were identified as species which

are able to absorb SO2 emission also.

2. Therefore those species listed below are suggested

to grow in and around the villages and other public

places like schools, hospitals, health Centre and

community centers of nearby villages. Further

minimize the noise level and also provide habitat

for many avifauna & other faunal groups and

improve the overall faunal diversity of the

surrounding area.


Accidental

mortality of faunal

groups

One of the likely impacts that would

affect the animal species is road

mortality due to vehicle movements /

transportation. Low abundance

status of mainly amphibians and

mammals, the expected impact in the

form of road kill on these faunal

groups may not be very high.

Faunal survey in the study area reported low

abundance and species richness of all faunal groups,

therefore increasing vehicle movements due to

proposed mining and transportation of materials may

not have high impact. However the following

implication will further reduce possibility of this type

of impacts:

1. It is suggested to dugout 1m width and depth of

trenches on either side of the roads which are

under intensive use and these trenches can be

connected with culverts at regular intervals (at 0.5

km distance) to facilitate lesser vertebrates to

cross the road without any accidental kill.

2. The rain water stagnated in the trenches will also

retain moisture level for longer period to support

the road side plantation to gain faster growth rate.

3. Further it is suggested to put sign boards and

provide strict instructions to the drivers to

maintain speed limits of the vehicles which will

reduce the road mortality rate as well as spillage of

material.

Impact to

threatened floral

species

Among faunal species, present survey

Indian Peafowl reported from buffer

zone of the project area. This specie

Green belt and community forestry program will be

proposed to encourage the green cover which is able to

reduce the noise level. If wildlife are noticed crossing




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 114

may be affected due to habitat

degradation and fragmentation which

will ultimately have impact on

population status.

the area, they will not be disturbed at all.

A conservation plan for same is prepared separately.

However, peafowl is very common and usually uses

wide variety of habitat types like agriculture areas,

grasslands and open fallow land including urban

human dominated areas which are widely available in

the study area and beyond it.

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

4.7.1 IMPACT ON COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHICS

S.

No.

Existing variables/ situations of

Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable)

impacts (reasons for variations &

bias of representative data).

Mitigation measures. In numbers.

1 There are habitations in the

Rattewali village under the Core

Zone. There are 81 villages in the

Buffer Zone. Rattewali Nearest

Habitation Details:-

Census Parameter Census

Data

Total Population 100345

Total No of Houses 18496

Female Population % 45.53

Total Literacy rate % 66.38

Female Literacy rate 40.52

Scheduled Cast

Population %

20.44

Girl Child (0 -6)

Population % by 2011

45.92

The villagers in area have a high

ecological integrity and support

human life by giving direct or indirect

benefits and services.

Mining activity shall control dust

separation in all directions and

predominantly towards the.

Periodic maintenance and emission

check of vehicles shall be ensured.

Materials shall be covered with tarpaulin

sheets during transport.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 115

Nearest Habitation

School Safety & Preventive Management Plan

Impact Assessment Preventive measures & Integrated Management plan *INR

Lacs

Restricted student

movement through

Boundary wall around

the school premise

construction by the

Proponent.

School student’s premises shall be restricted from the mining region through the well

constructed Boundary wall Cost INR 2.0 Lac. Done by proposed Mine project Government

Senior School, Rattewali and Government School, Tibbi Erection of such obstructions shall

restrict unattended students from moving outside the school premises.

2.0

Safety Zone The distance of various pits from the Government Senior School, Rattewali and

Government School, Tibbi are as follows:-

1. Senior School Rattewali, 0.75Km SW boundary

2. Govt. Model School, Tibbi 1.59km, WN boundary

The distance of the nearest pit (1) from School is beyond 772.64 m. and (2) from school is

beyond 1,504.64m. both School boundary and much above the safety zone of 110 m.

-

Null & Void impact of

any small blast on

school students.

The time of the low intensity blasting are and will be scheduled after the school hours.

Blasting timing is not clash of the School time.

Hence, The time of the controlled blasting (low intensity) is and will be done post school

hours, with all precautions between 3:00 to 4:00 P.M.

Blasting at a prominent location will be erected. Loud signals are and will be blown before

the time of blasting (low intensity). A security guard will be posted around the School

boundary to ensure that everything is in the safe position.

-

Prohibited entry in the

lease holds area/ active

There will be restricted entry of passersby in the lease hold area during both active mining

hours and non active mining hours.

-




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 116

mine area.

Medical facilities for

students and

teachers.

Despite all preventive measures, conveyance arrangements to hospitals or dispensaries

from the mine site will be readily made.

1.0

School Repairs &

Maintenance of

Government Senior

School, Rattewali. and

Government School,

Tibbi

Continued adoption of the School under the Proponent existing sustainable activities :

1. Senior School Rattewali;

2. Govt. Model School, Tibbi.

The activities will be Organized under the process of School Adoption:-

Action Plan:-

Provided Dari Patti to Students for sitting in the Assembly area.

Provided Tables & Chairs, Black Board in the School.

Appointment of a Lady – Cleaner for keeping Cleanliness in the School.

The Water storage fitting in the school is done.

Organized Minimum two Health Camp for the school children in a year.

Repair and Paint of School boundary Wall.

Installation of the School Gate in the Centre of the Boundary Wall.

Electricity fitting in the classrooms and rooms of the School.

Repair and New Installation of fans in each Classrooms.

Playground done in the School Premises. And Installation outdoor games.

Plantation in the School boundary.

Setup the Computer Leb.

Setup the Library.

New Constriction Toilet for students.

Total

11.0

14.0

3. Immigration/ Emigration of workers:-

Large number of population commutes from

Tehsil Barwala in search of work. Labour

migration (mainly Males) from smaller

villagers to urban/ developing areas in search

of work is a general problem.

There will not be influx of

population due to the project as

local workers will be put on roll.

Hence, will not impact the existing

folkways of interaction in the

society.

The labour migration in Tehsil

Barwala needs to be checked

through creating employment

opportunities in the district. The

proposed project aims to control

emigration of 73* workers at least.

The probable non - emigrating

population, due to the proposed

project, contribute in the

regional growth.

*Probability analysis of non – emigrating population




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 117

Hypothesis based on field study:-

Migration chances are more among male workers as compared to women workers. Migrartion among

the women workers is dependent on the job shifts of their male counterparts.

4.7.2 IMPACT ON EMPLOYMENT

S.

No.

Existing variables/ situations of

Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts

(reasons for variations & bias of

representative data).

Mitigation measures. In

numbers.

4 Direct, (Local), long term, large scale

Employment generation to 73

employees:

Magnitude of impact is moderate.

A direct positive impact due to -better

jobs & business activity. Residents of the

local region and tehsil will be put on roll

for the mining activity.

Therefore a minimum of approx. Rs.

15,207,300 lakh. Of direct money

incomes could be generated by the local

people in the region through the

operation of the mining process.

Labour employed will be

constantly under health

surveillance and

remuneration with all

concerned benefits and other

policies will be as applicable

to mine worker.

5 Indirect Employment

A permanent addition through mining to

the warehousing activities and logistics

analysis of value chain will lead to

commercial sales for infrastructural and

household use.

Indirect employment/ Income:-

The transportation of the mineral will be

carried out by using 284 trucks a day,

thus creating the employment

opportunity for the truck drivers (1)

navigator (1) and their helpers (1) in

each truck.

Logistics: Approx. 284 truckers

A total of approx. 110 people will find

indirect employment/ income

opportunities in the region.

This would impact the

income–expenditure and also

affect micro investments-

savings patterns of the region.

This would create Indigenous

technologies for sustainable

development.

#Proposed Manpower [183] * [277] (Calculated at the minimum wage rate per day of highly skilled,

Raj.) 50,691 * 300 (approx. working days) = Rs. 15,207,300/-

4.7.3 IMPACT ON ECONOMIC DIVERSITY AND VITALITY

S.

No.

Existing variables/ situations of Socio-

economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable)

impacts (reasons for variations &

bias of representative data).


numbers.

6 Existing economic Issues of the study area:

Rattewali is one of Average developed, District

The project will contribute in local

economic growth through mining

A minor contribution in the

upgradation of less developed




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 118

of Panchkula in Haryana due to Normal

employability and Average of organized

industrial areas.

activity.

parts of Barwala Tehsil willl

ensure balanced regional growth.

7. Gross State Domestic Product:

Mining is a major revenue generating sector of

the region, to State and Central Government.

The mining and associated activities in the

mineral bearing areas bring about gains in

gross state domestic product.

The proposed project will continue

contributing, though in a small

measures, in bridging the gap between

the supply and the demand of mineral

in the region and the state.

Minor gains in GSDP*.

Ensure Optimum utilization of

excavated natural resources.

4.7.4 IMPACT DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY

S.

No.

Variables/ situations of Socio-

economic Issues:-

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts

(reasons for variations & bias of

representative data).


numbers.

8 Overexploitation:

Any natural resource, land or

labour.

There will not be exploitation of any natural

resource, land or labour. No negative

impact on natural resource management.

Over a period of several decades:

There will be optimum utilization

of mineral, for local market.

10 Loss/ gain of self esteem:

In the areas of Rattewali and

nearby villages the villagers were

found to be of low self esteem due

to low rate of economic growth in

the region. But there is remakably

a high self esteem due to higher

degree of self satisfation and

contentment.

The mine work would instill a sense of

income geenration, growth and

opportunity.

Lack of Health, education, Women’s

empowerment, Nutrition and other

Facilities for Development, were felt needs

in the study area.

Social responsibility action plan is

drafted. No loss of Self esteem

due to the project.

11 Loss/ gain of culture and

religion:

It is clearly stated in as per the

Human Rights, that the obligation

of States is to promote universal

respect for, and observance of,

culture & religion.

The project follows universal respect for,

and observance and protection of, human

rights and fundamental freedoms for all.

The project will promote neither

selective, nor relative, but

universal respect through

contribution in various festivities,

equal observance and protection

among employees and societies at

large in all activities. No loss of

Culture due to the project.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 119

4.7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT

The PP is committed towards Social development.

No displacent due to the proposed project.

Approx 183 local workers will get employment opportunties alongwith periodical

training to generate local skills.

New patterns of indirect employment/ income through value chain involving

warehousing, logistics, and CER.

Permanent structures for employment creation with local people involvement through

establishment of income generating activities.

***************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION –V – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES



NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 120

INDEX

SECTION- V

5.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 121

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES .................................................................. 121

***************

PROJECT:- SAND MINING SECTION –V – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI EARTH & PROJECT WORKS PVT. LTD.

DOCUMENT NO.:- – EESPL/ TR&PWPL-RBSM/ 011/ EC/ 2018 – 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 121

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

5.1 GENERAL

Tirupati Roadways, Panchkula, Haryana has offered the highest bid of Rs. 11,72,50,000/-

and obtained the mining lease for an area of 45.0 ha. situated at Village – Rattewali, Tehsil –

Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana through e-auction by the State Government web

portal for a period of nine years only.

Mining Leases for the mineral river sand are granted as provided in Haryana Minor Mineral

Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals, and Prevention of Illegal Mining

Rules, 2012 notified vide S.O. 45 /C.A.67/1957/S.15/2012 - In exercise of the powers

conferred by sub-section (1) of section 15 and section 23C of the Mines and Minerals

(Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 (67 of 1957).

The proposed mining lease of boulder, gravel and sand has following advantages:-

It has huge mineral deposits at surface which is easy to mine out.

Proposed mine is well connected to MDR (Major District Road) and National

Highway.

There is no habitation within the lease; hence no R & R issues exist.

Availability of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers in this region.

Panchkula town has medical, fire lightning, education, transportation,

communication and infrastructural facilities.

The proposed mining operations will not intersect the ground water level. Hence, no

impact on ground water environment.

There will be no waste/ OB generation due to mining activity.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Semi-mechanized open cast method of mining will be adopted using light weight vehicles.

Mineral will be loaded in trucks and will be transported to nearby market/ site. This

technology is having least gestation period, economically viable, safest and less labour

intensive. The method has inbuilt flexibility for increasing or decreasing the production as

per market dynamics.

**************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – V – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAYS PROGRAMME


RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 122

SECTION - VI

INDEX

6.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... ..123

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE ............................... 123

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL ................................................................................. 123

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE ..................................................................... 125

6.4.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ........................................... 126

6.4.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE .............................................. 126

6.5 MONITORING METHODS ........................................................................................................... 126

6.5.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING ................................................................................... 126

6.5.1.1 Workspace Monitoring .............................................................................................................. 126

6.5.1.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ............................................................................................ 127

6.5.2 MONITORING OF WATER QUALITY ......................................................................................... 127

6.5.2.1 Monitoring of Ground Water ................................................................................................... 127

6.5.2.2 Monitoring of Surface Water ................................................................................................... 127

6.5.3 MONITORING NOISE LEVELS ..................................................................................................... 127

6.6 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE REPORTING DATA ...................................................... 127

6.7 CONCLUSION.................................................................................................................................. 128




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 123

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during project operation. The knowledge of baseline conditions, the

monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterotriation in environmental

conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in

time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important as that of control of

pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

An impact assessment study is carried over short period of time and the data cannot bring

out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring

programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes

in the environmental quality.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

Monitoring will conform that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct

measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amount and

concentrations of discharges. The objectives of the monitoring are:-

Very effectiveness of planning decisions;

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

Conform statutory and corporate compliance; and

Identify unexpected changes.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL

A centralized Environmental Monitoring Cell will be established for monitoring of

important and crucial environmental parameters which are of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during mine operation. With the knowledge of initial

parameters, deviations in environmental conditions due to operation of the mine will be

assessed and suitable mitigation steps will be taken to safeguard the environment. The

routine monitoring program will be implemented under the project monitoring as per CPCB

guidelines.

The core responsibilities of the Environmental Monitoring Cell will be:-




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 124

The organization and interpretation of the environmental monitoring data to establish a

record of change associated with the implementation of a project or the operation of an

organization.

The process of verification that all or selected parameters measured by Environmental

Monitoring Programme are in compliance with regulatory requirements, internal

policies and standards, and established environmental quality performance limits.

The comparison of project impact predictions with actual impacts for the purpose of

assessing the accuracy of predictions.

The assessment of the effectiveness of the environmental management system,

practices and procedures.

The environmental monitoring ad audit work will be carried out by qualified personnel.

A summary of non-compliance of the environmental quality performance limits.

To implement and monitor the control and protective measures based on the EMP.

To coordinate the environment related activities to the top management within as well

as with outside concerned agencies.

To provide of health check up of workers and the people living in nearby villages.

To develop greenbelt in the nearby villages, schools, Govt. offices and transportation

routes.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 125

Figure 1.0: Environmental Monitoring Cell

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE

Environmental monitoring schedules will be prepared covering various phases of project

advancement, such as constructional and regular operational phase.

Table 1.0: Environmental Monitoring Programme

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of Monitoring Location

1. Air

Emission

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and

CO

As per CPCB / RSPCB requirement

i.e. 24 hourly monitoring for one

month in each season except

monsoon season.

One location inside

and four outside

2. Noise Spot Noise level recording

Leq (day), Leq (night), Leq

Periodic / As per RSPCB norms i.e.

quarterly

One location inside

and four outside

ENVIRONMETAL MONITORING CELL

Air, Noise and Water Environment

Monitoring Locations

Selection of Parameters

Selection of Monitoring System

Equipment Specifications

Frequency Sampling

Analysis Methodology

Statistical Analysis of Results

Comparison with Standards

Adoption of Additional Mitigation

Measures, if necessary

Analytical Quality Control




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 126

(dn)

3. Water

Quality

As per drinking water

standards

Four times in a Year One location inside

and four outside

4. Health Total health parameters Initial Medical Examination (IME)

and Periodic Medical Examination –

Once in a five year as per Mines

Rules, 1955.

All employees

6.4.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

As the project is new and the working period will be only for 7 Years, therefore, most of the

infrastructural facilities will be temporary. The project will utilize mobile office room,

temporary rest room, portable toilets etc. Hence nominal impact on the environment due to

construction activity is expected.

6.4.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

During operational phase, dust will be the main pollutant which arises from different

mining activities.

The major attributes which merit regular monitoring based on the environmental setting

and nature of project activities are listed below:

Source emission and ambient air quality;

Ground water levels and ground water quality;

Water and waste water quality;

Soil quality;

Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and

ambient noise levels); and

Ecological preservation and afforestation.

6.5 MONITORING METHODS

6.5.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

6.5.1.1 Workspace Monitoring

The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workspace/ work zone environment will be

monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than threshold limit values will be

observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be identified and necessary measures will be

taken as detailed in EMP.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 127

6.5.1.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The ground level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO in the ambient air will be

monitored at regular intervals. Any abnormal rise will be investigated to identify the causes

and appropriate actions will be initiated. Greenbelt will be developed for minimizing dust

propagation.

6.5.2 MONITORING OF WATER QUALITY

6.5.2.1 Monitoring of Ground Water

The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to find out the depletion/

increase in level of water table. Water table will be monitored at regular interval to check

the behavior pattern of the water table. It is suggested to collect water samples and analyze.

Records of analysis will be maintained.

6.5.2.2 Monitoring of Surface Water

Samples will be collected from well-mixed section of the river (main stream) and will be

analyzed.

6.5.3 MONITORING NOISE LEVELS

Noise levels in the work zone environment shall be monitored. The frequency will be once

in three months in the work zone. Similarly, ambient noise levels near habitations will also

be monitored once in three months. Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the

employees working close to the high noise sources.

6.6 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE REPORTING DATA

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the

EMP will be undertaken.

The Environmental Monitoring Cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and

data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State regulatory agencies.

The frequency of reporting will be on six monthly basis to the local state PCB officials and to

the Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the

entire year of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.




RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 128

6.7 CONCLUSION

Post Environmental monitoring is an essential step in the EIA process if the predicted

impacts, the efficiency of mitigation measures and the shortcomings of prediction methods,

measures and even regulations are to be verified and EIA practice improved. Environmental

indicators could contribute to designing and evaluating monitoring programs, thus

improving establishment of the cause effect relationship and the reporting and

communication of environmental data.

The Environmental Monitoring Cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site and

data thus generated will be furnished as per statutory requirements. The frequency of

reporting will be on half yearly basis to the Haryana State Pollution Control Board and to

Regional Office of MoEF&CC, Chandigarh. The Environmental audit reports will be prepared

for the entire year of operations and will be regularly submitted to regulatory authorities.

*****************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION –VI– ADDITIONAL STUDIES


DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/TR-Boulder Gravel and Sand Mine/001/MP-EC-RS-

NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 129

SECTION - VII

INDEX

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................................................. 130

7.2 RISK ANALYSIS AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................... 134

7.2.1 RISK ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................................................ 134

7.2.2 RISK PRIORITISATION BASED ON HAZARDS IN BAJRI MINING ............................................. 134

7.2.3 MITIGATION MEASURES .......................................................................................................................... 135

7.2.3.1 Measures to prevent accidents during loading .............................................................................. 135

7.2.3.2 Measures to prevent accidents during vehicular movement & transportation ................ 135

7.2.3.3 Measures to prevent incidents during Inundation/ Flooding .................................................. 136

7.2.3.4 Precautionary Measure for Sudden Release of Water from Upstream Dam ...................... 136

7.2.3.5 Measures to prevent sudden increase in water level .................................................................. 136

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................................. 136

7.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS ...................................................................................... 137

7.4.1 PHYSICAL HAZRADS DUE TO MINING OPERATIONS ................................................................... 137

7.4.2 MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................................. 138

7.4.3 MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE ................................................................................................. 138

7.5 REPLENISHMENT STUDY ........................................................................................................... 139

7.6 TRAFFIC STUDY ............................................................................................................................. 151

7.6.1 INDIAN ROAD CONGRESS (IRC) GUIDELINES ................................................................................. 151

7.6.2 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS AS PER IRC GUIDELINES ................................................................................. 152

7.6.2.1 Traffic Scenario In Nearby Project Site .............................................................................................. 153

7.6.3 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 154

7.7 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY (CER) ................................................ 154

**************




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 130

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Hearing was conducted on 17.04.2018, 03:00 PM at Mine Site – Village – Rattewali,

Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana as per the guidelines of EIA Notification 14th

September, 2006 and its subsequent amendments. This meeting was conducted for the

Boulder, Gravel and Sand (Lease area – 45.0 ha, Production – 19,00,000 TPA), presided by

Sh. Mukul Kumar HCS, Additional District Magistrate, Panchkula, Haryana and Sh. Vinay

Gautam, Regional Officer, Panchkula, Haryana.

Notice for the Public Hearing was published in “The Tribune” on 14.03.2018 & “Amar

Ujala” on 14.03.2018.

At the start of the Public Hearing, Regional Officer, Panchkula Sh. Vinay Gautam gave

detailed information regarding the provision, objective and importance of Public Hearing.

He also said that the notice regarding the Public Hearing was issued in two newspapers

“The Tribune” and “Amar Ujala” one month prior on 14.03.2018 and that publicity

regarding the Public Hearing was done by the Project Proponent in the nearby areas.

On behalf of the applicant, their technical consultant Sh. R. S. Yadav (Vardhan Environet)

gave detailed information of the Bajri mine to the people present in the hearing.

Thereafter, the Regional Officer and the Chairman of the meeting invited the people present

in the meeting to present their suggestion/objections.

Issues raised during the public hearing and commitment by the Project Proponent along

with time bound action plan is given below:-

Table 7.1: Issues of Public Haring raised

S. No. Name & Address Objections/ Query Answer to the Objection/ Query

1. Sh. Deshraj,

Jilla Parishad, Ward

No. 6, R/o village

Rattewali.

He welcomed the Additional Deputy

Commissioner and all Officers of

concerned Department and villagers

and asked the following observations

regarding this mining project:

a) What will be the provision of road

for the transportation of mined out

mineral?

Project consultant, Sh. R.S. Yadav replied the

following:-

Roads play a very important role for the success of

any mining project. Project Proponent will

construct a motorable road for transportation of

mineral for mining site that will connect to nearby

metalled public road. Before start of mining

operation the project proponent will settle

compensation of the land used for construction of

motorable road with mutually agreed financial

terms with land owners so that villagers will not




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 131

face any inconvenience. He also told that this road

will be maintained regularly.

b) What preventive measures will be

taken for the dust suppression

while transporting the mineral?

The Consultant replied that to suppress the dust

emission generated from mineral transporting

vehicles, regular sprinkling of water will be

carried out on the motorable/ haul roads for

which 86 KLD water will be provided. Every year

about 5000 trees will be planted and about 22,000

trees will be planted in 5 years of local species

after consulting with the forest department. Tree

guards will be erected around the plants for their

protection and survival. Watering of plant will be

done regularly by the gardeners. The mineral

loaded vehicles will be covered by tarpaulin so

that dust would not cause any harm to the health

of villagers and crops. A budget of Rs. 28.00 Lakhs

is also provided for environment protection

measures in the surrounding area.

c) He informed that the most of the

local villagers are unemployed so

he requested that employment

should be given to the local

villagers only.

Sh. Gurpreet Singh, lease holder assured that first

preference for employment will be given to local

villagers on the basis of their qualification. This

mining project will generate employment in direct

and indirect way. About 400-500 persons will get

employment as Driver, Cleaner, Helpers of the

dumpers and Bill clerks, Security guards,

Gardeners, Technical, Non-technical, skilled,

unskilled, persons will get employment as per their

qualifications. Indirect employment will be

generated by setting of small workshops for repair

of vehicles and machineries, hotels, restaurants,

vegetables shops, tea stalls. Hence, in this way

social and economic condition of the villagers will

be uplifted due to this proposed mining project.

d) What are the provisions for the

social welfare activities.

A budget of Rs. 21 Lakhs per year is proposed for

CSR activity in nearby villages. In this activity new

toilets, drinking water facility and health camps

will be organized in consultation of local gram




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 132

panchayats.

In addition to above the project proponent assured

that they will provide minerals on concessional

rate for social and religious purposes to nearby

villages with the consultation of local Gram

panchayats.

2. Mahender Singh

R/o Rattewali

He inquired about the timing of mining

activity and also asked what will be the

provision for the land owners whose

land get damaged due to flood. He also

asked how the project proponent will

compensate to the land owners whose

land will get damaged due to this

mining activity.

Project proponent and Environment Consultant, Sh.

R.S. Yadav replied that the mining will be done as

per the approved mining plan by DMG Haryana.

The mining will be done only in day time. The

depth of mining will be only 3m from the ground

level. Mining officer of the district will monitor the

mining activity of this project to ensure that project

proponent will comply all rules and regulations.

Transportation and excavation of the mineral will

be done as per the Laws laid down by the Mining

Department, Haryana.

Consultant and the project proponent informed

that they will not be responsible for damage of land

due to flood. However, before start of mining

operation, the project proponent will settle the

compensation of land in mutually agreed financial

terms with the land owners. Consultant also

clarified that the mining rights of this project land

vest with mining department and surface rights

may be with the private land owner or Panchayat

or the Government. Hence, the land owner cannot

stop the project proponent for mining on the

project land. In case of non settlement of

compensation the project proponent will submit an

application before the Mining Officer and Deputy

Commissioner of the district for requesting

settlement of the compensation with the land

owners. He will also deposit 10% of the annual

contract money i.e. about Rs. 1.17 crores as

tentative compensation in the form of bank draft in

advance along with the application. In such case




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 133

final compensation will be settled by the Deputy

Commissioner with the help of revenue department

officers/Officials.

3. Sh. Rokiram,

Sarpanch of Village

Rattewali

He asked about the provisions of

installation of Crusher in this mining

project.

Consultant replied that this case of environment

clearances and public hearing are related to mining

of minor minerals and not related to installation of

crushers. Crushers are installed as per rules and

regulations laid by environment department,

Haryana Government.

4. Sh. Tarsem Lal

R/o of Rattewali

He asked that in surrounding area

many mining lease holders are doing

mining and they are transporting the

minerals without covering tarpaulin.

Consultant and Project proponent replied that so

far they have not started this mining project. After

grant of EC, and other regulatory permissions, they

will start the mining and will cover the transporting

vehicles of minerals by tarpaulin. Consultant also

replied that if any compliance in this regard is not

made by the lease holders, then you may complain

to the R.O. HSPCB, Mining Officer and Deputy

Commissioner. They will take the necessary legal

and lawful action against the violators to ensure the

necessary Compliance.

5. Sh. Parmar Singh

R/o Rattewali

He asked the following questions:-

a) Whether employment will be

provided to the local villagers.

b) Whether the damaged road by

continuous plying of vehicles will be

repaired by Project Proponent or

not.

c) Whether the mining will be done

upto 3m or not.

Consultant and project proponent replied the

following:

a) Necessary assurance regarding employment to

local villagers has already been given.

b) Project proponent will regularly repair and

maintain the motorable road for smooth

transportation of mineral.

c) Consultant and Project proponent replied that

mining will be done only upto 3m depth during

the entire period of mining. Concerned Officers

of district administration will inspect mining

project time to time to ensure necessary

compliances applicable on mining project.

Project proponent will also submit six monthly

compliance reports in this regard to the

concerned regulatory authorities




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 134

Table 7.2: Time Bound Action Plan

7.2 RISK ANALYSIS AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.2.1 RISK ANALYSIS

Risk analysis is the systematic study of uncertainties and risks encountered in various

areas. Risk analysis seek to identify the risks involved in mining operations, to understand

how and when they arise, and estimate the impact (financial or otherwise) of adverse

outcomes. It also defines and analyzes the dangers to individuals, businesses and

government agencies posed by potential natural and human-caused adverse events.

7.2.2 RISK PRIORITISATION BASED ON HAZARDS IN BAJRI MINING

Boulder, Gravel and Sand Mining will be done by open cast semi-mechanized method.

Mining will be done only within the allotted river stretch located at Village – Rattewali,

Tehsil – Barwala, District-Panchkula, Haryana. The lease area is 45.0 ha. There is no land

degradation due to mining activities as mining is done only on river bed surface. There will

S.

No.

Activity Action Undertaken Cost (Rs. In Lacs)/

Year

Time Schedule

Capital Recurring I II III IV V

1.

Infrastructu

re work for

Education

promotion

Toilet Repair and New

constrictions for Student

in government school.

3.0 2.50 2.60 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

Drinking water tank

installation for village

and gram panchayat.

3.0 2.0 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000

3. Women

Empowerm

ent &

Health &

hygiene

Organized Health creak-

up camp village and

gram panchayat.

1.0

0.0 50.0 00.0

0.0

50.0

0.0

4. Vocational

Training

Organizing Vocational

Training for Youth

4.50 0.50 4.50 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500

5. Plantation Consulting with village,

Panchayat 22000

number of plantation

will be done

1,500,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 135

be no overburden or waste generation as the sand is exposed in the river bed. There will be

neither any stacking of soil nor creation of OB dumps. So, no dumping area as well as stock

piling area is required. Therefore, there is no chance of failure of dumps and no slope failure

due to OB dump and stock piling.

However, there are various factors, which can create unsafe working conditions/ hazards in

mining of Bajri (minor minerals) from river bed. The following types of hazards are

identified during the Bajri mining operations:-

1. Accident during sand/mineral loading, transportation and dumping

2. Accident due to vehicular movement

3. Inundation/ Flooding

4. Quick Sand Condition

7.2.3 MITIGATION MEASURES

7.2.3.1 Measures to prevent accidents during loading

The following activities will be done to minimize the risk are:-

a. At the time of loading no person will be there within the swing radius of the excavator.

b. The dumpers/ trucks will stand near the loading equipment and fully braked when the

muck is filled in it.

c. The truck would be brought to a lower level so that the loading operation suits to the

ergonomic condition of the workers.

d. The workers will be provided with gloves and safety shoes during loading.

e. Opening of the side covers (pattas) should be done carefully and with warning to

prevent injury to the loaders.

f. Operations during daylight only.

7.2.3.2 Measures to prevent accidents during vehicular movement & transportation


a. The truck will be covered with tarpaulin and maintained to prevent any spillage.

b. To avoid danger while reversing the trackless vehicles especially at the embankment

and tipping points, all areas for reversing of lorries will be made man free as far as

possible.

c. The vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once

in a week.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 136

d. All transportation within the main working will be carried out directly under the

supervision and control of the management.

e. Overloading should not be permitted and the maximum permissible speed limit should

be ensured.

f. The truck drivers should have proper driving license.

g. A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in

reducing the incidents of such accidents.

7.2.3.3 Measures to prevent incidents during Inundation/ Flooding


a. During monsoon months and heavy rains the mining operations will be ceased.

b. There should be mechanism/ warning system of heavy rains and discharges from the

upstream dams.

Inundation of flooding is expected and beneficial for these mines as during this time only

the mineral reserve gets replenished.

7.2.3.4 Precautionary Measure for Sudden Release of Water from Upstream Dam


a. The mining will be done only during the dry season and under strict supervision.

b. Mining activities will be avoided during monsoon season.

c. No go zones should be clearly marked and made aware to the mine workers.

d. Deep water areas must be identified.

7.2.3.5 Measures to prevent sudden increase in water level


a. The mining activities will be restricted to 3m depth from river bed surface.

b. Mining activities will be avoided during monsoon season.

c. Mining will be done as per the approved modified Mining Plan and it will also be

conformed to avoid the ponding effect.

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

This should deal with action plan for high risk accidents like landslides, subsidence, flood,

inundation in underground mines, fire, seismic activities, tailing dam failures etc. and

emergency plan proposed for quick evacuation, ameliorative measures to be taken etc. The




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 137

capability of lessee to meet such eventualities and the assistance to be required from the

local authorities should be described.

The shallow depth of activities in river bed mining will not involve any high risk

accident due to side falls/collapse.

The complete mining operation will be carried out under the Management and control

of experienced and qualified Mines Manager having Certificate of Competency to

manage the mines granted by DGMS.

All the provisions of Mines Act 1952, MMR 1961 and Mines Rules 1955 and other laws

applicable to mine will strictly be complied with.

During heavy rainfall the mining activities will be closed.

All persons in supervisory capacity will be provided with proper communication

facilities.

Proper coordination with Irrigation Department will be maintained so that at the time

of releasing water, if any, from the dam suitable warning/information is given in

advance.

7.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS

Dry- pit mining by open cast method involves dust generation by excavation, loading and

transportation of mineral. At site, during excavation and loading activity, dust is main

pollutant which affects the health of workers whereas environmental and climatic

conditions also generate the health problems.

Addressing the occupational health hazard means gaining an understanding of the source

(its location and magnitude or concentration), identifying an exposure pathway (e.g. a

means to get it in contact with someone), and determination of likely a receptor (someone

receiving the stuff that is migrating).

Occupational hazard due to sand mining mainly comes under the physical hazards. Possible

physical hazards are as below mention:-

7.4.1 PHYSICAL HAZRADS DUE TO MINING OPERATIONS

Following health related hazards were indentified due to riverbed sand mining operations

to the workers:-

1. Light: - The workers may be exposed to the risk of poor illumination or excessive

brightness. The effects are eye strain, headache, eye pain and lachrymation, congestion

around the cornea and eye fatigue.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 138

2. Heat and Humidity: - The most common physical hazard is heat. The direct effects of

heat exposure are burns, heat exhaustion, heat stroke and heat cramps; the indirect

effects are decreased efficiency, increased fatigue and enhanced accident rates. Heat and

humidity are encountered in hot and humid condition when temperatures and air

temperatures increase in summer time up to 480C or above in the river bed mining area.

3. Eye Irritation: - During the high windy days in summer the sand could be the problems

for eyes like itching and watering of eyes.

4. Respiratory Problems: - Large amounts of dust in air can be a health hazard,

exacerbating respiratory disorders such as asthma and irritating the lungs and

bronchial passages.

5. Noise Induced Hearing Loss: - Machinery is the main source of noise pollution at the

mine site.

7.4.2 MANAGEMENT

Particulars Control Measures

Heat & Light The mine site will have adequate drinking water supply so that workers do not get

dehydration.

Lightweight and loose fitting clothes having light colors will be preferred to wear.

Rigorous exercise and more physical activities will be avoided in hot weather.

Noise Noise exposure measurements will be taken to determine need for noise control strategies.

The personal protective equipment will be provided for each mine workers.

Supervisor will be instructed for reporting any problems with hearing protectors or noise

control equipment.

At noisy working activity, exposure time will be minimized.

Machineries will be labeled with noise levels.

Respiratory PPE like face mask etc. will be provided during mining activity.

Periodic medical examinations will be provided for all workers.

Awareness program will be organized for workers.

7.4.3 MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE

To minimize the health impacts PPE like dust masks, ear plugs/ muffs and other

equipments will be provided for use by the work personnel. All workers will be subjected to

Initial Medical Examination as per Mines Rule 1955 at the time of appointment. Periodical

Medical Examination will be conducted at least once in five years. Medical camps will be




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 139

organized. The detail of health check up and periodical medical examination schedule is

given below in Table 7.3.

Table 7.3: Medical Examination Schedule

S. No. Activities 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year

1. Initial Medical Examination (Mine Workers)

a. Physical Check - up -- -- -- --

b. Psychological Test -- -- -- --

c. Audiometric Test -- -- -- --

d. Respiratory Test

2. Periodical Medical Examination (Mine Workers)

a. Physical Check - up --

b. Audiometric Test --

c. Eye Check - up --

d. Respiratory Test

3. Medical Camp (Mine Workers & Nearby Villagers) --

4. Training (Mine Workers)

Medical Follow ups:- Work force will be divided into three targeted groups age wise as follows:-

Age Group PME as per Mines Rules’ 1955 Special Examination

Less than 25 years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies

Between 25 to 40 Years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies

Above 40 Years Once in a Three Years In case of emergencies

Medical help on top priority immediately after diagnosis/ accident is the essence of preventive aspects.

7.5 REPLENISHMENT STUDY

Replenishment Rate is the rate at which sand/ gravel is transported into the river channel,

due to sand extraction. MoEF&CC decided to advise all applicants to carry out scientific

replenishment study and submit the report before EAC for the consideration of quantity of

production for mining of Bajri/ River Sand on yearly basis

7.5.1 METHODOLOGY

River Dudhgar Kee Nadi is an ephemeral stream in nature. In ephemeral channels of the

northern Haryana, sediment often moves in a step-wise manner because of transmission

losses Water from storms originating in the upper reaches of a watershed is often

completely absorbed in the channel before reaching the outlet. Therefore, the ability of the

channel to transport sediment is dependent on varying flow as a function of distance along




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 140

the channel. Sediment that is eroded, entrained, transported, and deposited by one storm

may be available to subsequent storm events for transport within the channel. Thus, the

transport of sediment in sub-tropical to temperate perennial channels is complicated by

flow sequencing.

Therefore, the methodology adopted for the study is an integrated approach involving:

- Field data collection comprising of 46 cross sections in block (Appendix-II), along the

lease reach of the river showing river bed material (RBM) with present elevations which

when balanced with the next deposition can be quantified as the actual

deposition/replenishment for 2018. Fifteen sand samples for sieve analysis (Appendix-I) i.e.

d10, d30, d50 and d60, uniformity coefficient (Cu) and coefficient of curvature (Cc) was also

determined as an input for estimation of bajri/sand replenishment of river reach under

study.

- Remote sensing was used for identification of watershed area relevant to the mine lease.

The data was used is from the latest satellite imagery of CARTOSAT – 1 of ISRO having a grid

of 30 m & SRTM, NASA at grid of 80 metres & computer aided drainage analysis system.

- Estimation of catchment yield and bed load transport:- The catchment yield has been

computed using the Strange’s runoff method (Strange’s Monsoon runoff curves) for the

runoff coefficient. The iso-pluvial maps of IMD have been used for estimation of catchment

yield and peak flood discharge for the study area by various methods like Dickens, Jarvis,

and Rational formula at 25, 50 and 100 years return period. The estimation of bed load

transport comprises of use of analytical models namely the Einstein, Meyer Peter and

Ackers & White’s equation for calculation of bed load transport.

Estimation of catchment yield and bed load transport: The catchment yield has been

computed using the Strange’s runoff method (Strange’s Monsoon runoff curves) for the

runoff coefficient. The iso-pluvial maps of IMD have been used for estimation of catchment

yield and peak flood discharge for the study area by various methods like Dickens, Jarvis,

and Rational formula at 25, 50 and 100 years return period. The estimation of bed load

transport comprises of use of analytical models namely the Einstein, Meyer Peter and

Ackers & White’s equation for calculation of bed load transport.

7.5.2 DELINEATION OF WATERSHED

Watershed area of Dudhgar Kee Nadi is mapped in the study area on the basis of Survey of

India toposheet Nos. 53B/14 and also used latest satellite imagery of CARTOSAT – 1 of ISRO

having a grid of 30 metres and SRTM, NASA at grid of 80 metres and computer aided




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 141

drainage analysis system.

Figure 1.0: Digital Elevation Model (DEM) of Watershed

7.5.2.1 Dudhgar Kee Nadi watershed

In the study area Dudhgar Kee Nadi watershed covers an area of 35.31 km2 with average

gradient of 5.2 m/km towards south west. The catchment yield of Dudhgar Kee Nadi (within

study area) is estimated as 2.80 mcm, 3.26 mcm and 3.73 mcm taking 240 mm, 280 mm and

320 mm, respectively as the peak rainfall; value based on 25 years, 50 years and 100 years

return period and 24 hrs peak rainfall, respectively; and value of good surface run off

coefficient of 33% for this catchment mostly rocky area.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 142

Using formula

Catchment yield (m3) = Catchment area (m2) * runoff coefficient (%) * rainfall (m)

Table 7.4: Catchment yield at different return period of rainfall

Catchment yield at different

return periods

Catchment area

(m2)

Runoff

coefficient (%)

Rainfall

(m)

Catchment

yield (m3)

(A) (B) (C) =A*B*C

Catchment yield (m3) at 25

years return period

3,53,10,000 0.33 0.24 27,96,552


years return period

3,53,10,000 0.33 0.28 32,62,644


years return period

3,53,10,000 0.33 0.32 37,28,736

7.5.3 DETERMINATION OF PEAK FLOOD DISCHARGE FOR WATERSHED BY MEANS OF

EMPIRICAL FORMULAE

a. Dicken’s formula

Dicken’s formula states that:

Where QP = High flood or peak discharge in cumec

A = Catchment area in sq. km

C = A constant, taken c = 3 for the study area

b. Jarvis formula

Jarvis formula states that:

Where Qp = High flood or peak discharge in cumec

C = a constant, having a value of 7 as low

A = Catchment area in sq. km

c. Rational formula

Rational formula states that:

Where Qp = High flood or peak discharge in cumec

K = Runoff coefficient

Pc = Critical rainfall intensity in cm/hr

A = Catchment area in hectares




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 143

Findings of the peak flood discharge based on above methods are given in below:-

Table 7.5: Peak flood discharges (QP) in cumec as calculated

Watershed Dicken's Jarvis Rational formula

At 25 years

return period

At 50 years

return period

At 100 years

return period

Dudhgar Kee Nadi 43.46 41.60 32.39 37.90 43.08

7.5.4 SEDIMENT TRANSPORT ANALYSIS

7.5.4.1 Sediment Data

Sieve Analysis results

The sediment samples were collected from the bed of the over the entire length of the study

reach. Sampling sites were located in the flood plains of the channel and were taken

approximately 100 meter apart. Sediment samples were obtained from soil pits excavated

in the channel, with the sediment sample material integrated over the one to two metre

depth of the pit.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 144

Figure 1.1: Sediment Sampling Sites

Sieve analyses of the sediment samples were performed to obtain the sediment gradation

curves shown in Inspection of the data revealed a consistent trend in sediment size by reach

or with distance along the study reach. Variation from the mean is not significant and D50

which is used extensively in the analysis is 2.53 mm. Therefore, the sediment gradation

curves for all samples were averaged together to obtain a composite reach-averaged curve

for the Dudhgar Kee Nadi lease reach.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 145

The uniformity coefficient Cu is defined as the ratio of D60 by D10. So when Cu is greater than

4 to 6, it is understood as a well graded soil and when the Cu is less than 4, they are

considered to be poorly graded or uniformly graded. Uniformly graded in the sense, the

soils have got identical size of the particles. Another coefficient to measure gradation is: Cc

is equal to (D30 square)/(D60 into D10) where coefficient of gradation or coefficient of

curvature. For the soil to be uniformly graded the value of coefficient of uniformity Cu has to

be less than 4 and Cc should be in the range of 1 to 3. So higher the value of Cu the larger the

range of the particle sizes in the RBM. So if the Cu value is high it indicates that the RBM

mass consists of different ranges of particle sizes.

Table 7.6: Sieve analysis results

Sample D10 D30 D50 D60 Cu Cc

1 0.343 0.599 2.282 3.146 09.17 00.33

2 0.416 1.881 2.394 3.012 07.24 02.82

3 0.427 2.805 2.805 3.304 07.74 03.08

4 0.408 2.014 2.548 3.127 07.67 03.18

5 0.675 2.002 2.285 2.638 03.91 02.25

6 0.404 2.063 2.642 3.148 07.78 03.34

7 0.360 2.060 2.324 3.661 10.16 03.22

8 0.396 2.080 2.384 3.634 09.18 03.01

9 0.341 1.922 2.741 3.231 09.47 03.35

10 0.324 1.320 2.512 2.894 08.93 01.86

11 0.392 2.042 2.645 2.936 07.56 03.59

12 1.105 2.193 2.952 3.362 03.29 01.20

13 0.547 2.097 2.815 3.308 07.23 02.91

14 0.547 1.829 2.348 2.994 05.47 02.04

15 0.453 2.031 2.345 2.804 06.19 03.25

7.5.4.2 River bed elevation divided into vertical sections for measurement of replenishment

Forty six cross-sections on a spacing of 25 metres were surveyed using a Total Station and

river bed profiles plotted and four benchmarks were established in the lease area. The

objective of the survey is to observe the difference in elevation post-monsoon, 2018 and

quantify the actual sand deposition taking place.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 146

Figure 1.2: Location of section lines in the in the river




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 147

Figure 1.3: Survey using TS and Benchmark under construction

7.5.4.2 Sediment Transport Analysis

The sediment transport analysis is based on three different steps with various equations

pertaining to stream process, one dealing with critical dimensionless shear and another on

relative roughness and boundary resistance and the last on bed load equations.

7.5.4.3 Flow Resistance from Relative Roughness

Colebrook-White equation, of which a number of variations exist, has the general form

U/U* = A log (B*relative roughness)

Resistance Factor = velocity / shear velocity = U/U*

Where:

U = velocity

U* = shear velocity

Value varies from about 2 for rough streambeds to 16 for smooth.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 148

U/U* is related to common resistance equations as follows:

Manning's roughness coefficient (n):

U/U* = R(1/6)/(ng0.5)

D'Arcy-Weisbach friction factor (f):

U/U* = (8/f)0.5

Because the Colebrook-White equation is a function of measurable values; depth and

particle size, other roughness coefficients can be made functions of depth and particle size

in generally straight uniform gravel-bed streams where resistance is dominated by

boundary roughness.

7.5.4.4 Shield’s Threshold of Motion Equation

Ds= / ((s - ) g 0.06)(304.8)

Ds=diameter sediment particle (mm)

=shear stress=(g)(depth)(slope) (lb/ft2) (N/m2)

s=density of sediment (5.15 slugs/ft3) or (2560 kg/m3)

=density of water (1.94 slugs/ft3) (1000 kg/m3)

g=gravitational acceleration (32.2 ft/s2) (9.81 m/s2)

0.06 = Shield's parameter typically in the range of 0.04 to 0.07

Conversion Constant 304.8 mm/ft or 1000 mm/m

In gravel-bed streams at bankfull flow the particle at the threshold of motion is often near in

size to the D50 of mobile bed surface material.

7.5.4.5 Bedload Sediment Rate

Three common bed load equations are Ackers and White, Meyer-Peter and Einstein. Many

more equations exist, some of which are more appropriate for different conditions. The

most appropriate for perennial streams applicable to this study is the Meyer-Peter

equation, although calculations have been done for all three. Out of the 3 methods

considered, the Meyer-Peter equation gives the reliable value for bed load sediment rate

calculation. Considering it has the most suitable equation for perennial stream of Haryana.

7.5.5 Results

The sediment transport analysis was performed using “Sediment Equations, version 4.0”

software developed by Department of Natural Resources, Ohio University, USA.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 149

Table 7.7: Analysis result using Threshold of Motion

Metric Units

Depth d 0.45 m

Slope S 0.0052 m/m

Diameter sediment ds 0.00253 m

Gravitational acceleration g 9.81 m/sec2

Density fluid f 1000 kg/m3

Density sediment s 2650 kg/m3

Specific weight of water γ 9810 N/m3

1000 kgf/m3

Shear stress 23.0 N/m2

2.3 kgf/m2

Shields parameter τ*c 0.561 dimensionless

Particle at threshold of motion Dcr 0.02 m

Table 7.8: Analysis result for Bedload per unit channel width

Metric Units

Depth d 0.45 m

Slope S 0.0052 m/m



Density fluid f 1000 kg/m3

Density sediment s 2650 kg/m3

Relative density s 2.65 dimensionless

Shear stress 23.0 N/m2

Dimensionless parameter 1.78

Bed-load transport (Meyer-Peter) 2.944

qs 0.0015 m2/s

Bed-load transport (Einstein42) 1.070

qs 0.00055 m2/s

Bed-load transport (Einstein50) 3.647

qs 0.00187 m2/s

Ackers and White n 0.019

U 2.23 m/s

qb 0.00057 m2/s

Therefore, based on the Ackers and White analysis, the bed load transport for the studied

river Dudhgar Kee Nadi reach taking average width as 310 metres is 15,267 m3/day or

13,74,030 m3/year taking 90 days as active river flow.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 150

Table 7.9: Analysis result using Resistance Manning's and D'Arcy-Weisbach equations

Resistance Manning's and D'Arcy-Weisbach Metric Units

Depth d 0.45 m

Slope S 0.0052 m/m


Max depth dmax 3 m


Resistance factor = sqrt(8/f)

Colebrook-White Eq (Hey 1979) for D84 u/u* 17.3

Leopold, Wolman & Miller (1964) for D84 u/u* 16.2

Griffiths (1981) for D50 u/u* 14.7

Manning's roughness coefficient (n):

Colebrook-White Eq (Hey 1979) for D84 n 0.0161

Leopold, Wolman & Miller (1964) for D84 n 0.0172

Griffiths (1981) for D50 n 0.0189

D'Arcy-Weisbach friction factor:

Colebrook-White Eq (Hey 1979) for D84 f 0.0267

Leopold, Wolman & Miller (1964) for D84 f 0.0304

Griffiths (1981) for D50 f 0.0368

The annual Bajri/ sand replenishment in mine lease area has been calculated using the

Meyer-Peter equation. It is found that the annual replenishment rate 1.10 million m3 for the

studied reach of river. Thus the sand replenishment is 116% of the targeted production as

given in the mining plan by the lease holder.

Table 7.10: Estimation of sand replenishment using the Ackers and White analysis

Lease Area

(in Ha)

Estimated Bed

Load

(Tonnes/day)

Sediment Load

Deposition per

day

(in Tonnes)

Sediment Load

Deposition

per month (in

Tonnes)

Annual

Replenishment

(in Tonnes)

Estimated

Annual

Replenishment

(in million m3)*

45.00 30,533.76 24,427.01 7,32,810.24 21,98,430.72 1.10

*Specific gravity of sand = 2.0 Tonne per m3

Table 7.11: Status of Sand Replenishment vis-à-vis annual planned production

*Estimates

Reserve (in

million m3)

*Annual average Production

Capacity envisaged (as per

mining plan in million m3)

Estimated Annual

replenishment (in

million m3)

Replenishment Status

vis-à-vis planned

production

9.50 0.95 1.10 Replenishment is more

than planned production

* As per Mining Plan approved by Department of Mines and Geology, Government of Haryana.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 151

7.5.6 RECOMMENDATION

The estimation of sand replenishment is based on empirical and analytical approaches to

the problem which can be approved for targeted production of 0.95 MCM/ Year as the

estimated annual replenishment of 1.10 MCM is more. The authentic replenishment can

only be established in the post-monsoon period of 2018 after actual verification of the

‘replenishment pits’ and river ‘cross sections’ (difference in elevation) already established

in the field.

The derived replenishment data is based on macro-watershed data taken from satellite

imagery with sample ground truthing and annual average rainfall. The data works out

to be around 116% which after post monsoon study may show some divergence.

7.6 TRAFFIC STUDY

A traffic study is an investigation to evaluate a transportation system. The study is a means

of identifying and documenting any deficiencies or improvements both- operational and

physical - necessary to accommodate current or projected traffic volumes. Traffic impact

study can be used to help evaluate whether the development is appropriate for a site and

what type of transportation improvements may be necessary. It will help:-

To establish the existing trips/ day without the project activity;

To understand the increment on the traffic load due to the project activity;

To know the existing road will sustain or not after the commission of the project.

7.6.1 INDIAN ROAD CONGRESS (IRC) GUIDELINES

Factors for conversion of different type of vehicle into equivalent passenger car unit (PCU)

based on their relative interference value as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines i.e. IRC

64: 1990 & IRC 106: 1990 (Table 7.12) is given below:-

Table 7.12: Recommended PCU Factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Road

Vehicle Type Rural Road Urban Road

Equivalency

factor for PCU

Equivalent PCU factors percentage

composition of vehicle type in traffic stream

5% 10% and above

Fast Vehicle

Motor Scooter (Two wheelers) 0.50 0.50 0.75

Passenger Car, Pickup Van 1.0 1.0 1.0

Auto Rickshaw 1.0 1.2 2.0




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 152

Agricultural Tractor, Light

Commercial Vehicle

1.5 1.4 3.7

Bus or Trucks 3.0 2.2 5.0

Truck Trailer, Agricultural

Tractor – Trailer

4.5 4.0 -

Slow Moving Vehicles

Cycle 0.50 0.4 0.5

Cycle Rickshaw 2.0 0.5 2.0

Hand Cart 3.0 2.0 3.0

Horse Drawn Vehicle 4.0 1.5 2.0

Bullock Cart 8.0 - --

*Source: - IRC 64-1990 & IRC 106-1990

Level of Service (LOS)

Capacity standards are fixed normally in relation to the Level of Service (LOS) adopted for

design. Six levels of service are recognized commonly designated from A to F. Considering

the need for smooth traffic flow; it is recommended that normally LOS-C be adopted for

design of urban roads. At this level volume of traffic will be around 0.70 times the maximum

capacity. Capacity or Design Service volume is the maximum hourly volume at which vehicle

can reasonably be expected to transfers a point or uniform section of a lane or road way

during a given time period. As per IRC 64: 1990 guidelines, ratio of existing volume of PCU

on roads (V) and its capacity (C) with corresponding level of services (LOS) and their

performance is given below:-

Table 7.13: Referenced V/C Ratio for Level of Service and Performance of the Road

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair

0.6 - 0.8 D Poor

0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

(Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990)

7.6.2 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS AS PER IRC GUIDELINES

Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying capacity of the roads

near to the project site and the connecting main roads in the area. Then depending on the




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 153

capacity of the mine, the number of trucks that will be added to the present scenario will be

compared to the carrying capacity. The roads connect from the mine site to NH-73. These

roads are wide enough to facilitate easy and smooth movement of heavy duty trucks. During

mining operation, there are 28-29 trucks per hour will be deployed from the mine site.

Detail of truck capacity, no. of trucks and working hours are given below:-

Table 7.14: Working Details

Total Capacity of Mine 19,00,000 TPA

Lease Area 45.0 Ha

No. of Working Days 268 days

Truck Capacity 25 Tonnes

No. of Trucks Deployed/ Day 25 trucks approx

Working Hours per Day 10 hours

No. of Trucks Deployed/Hr 28-29 trucks

7.6.2.1 Traffic Scenario In Nearby Project Site

River bed mining will be carried out in Villages – Rattewali, Tehsil – Barwala, District -

Panchkula. Mined out Bajri/ Sand will be dispatched to the destination places via village

road which finally met to the MDR and National Highway 73. At present, the traffic load at

village road and highway are 65 and 150 vehicles/hr. The traffic scenario with project &

LOS are given below:-

Table 7.15: Traffic Scenario and LOS

Road Existing Proposed

Vol. in

PCU’s/hr

(V)

Capacity in

PCU’s/ hr

(C)

Modified

V/C ratio

LOS Vol. in

PCU’s/

hr (V)

Capacity

in PCU’s/

hr (C)

Modified

V/C ratio

LOS

Village

Road/ MDR

65 250 0.26 B 94 250 0.38 B

National

Highway-73

150 625 0.24 B 179 625 0.29 B

From the above analysis, it can be concluded that existing the V/C ratio is 0.26 and 0.24 for

village road/ MDR and National Highway 73 respectively. So, the Level of Service is B for i.e.

village road/ MDR and National Highway 73 which is ‘very good’ as per classification.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 154

After commencement of production V/C ratio is found to be 0.38 and 0.29 for village road/

MDR and National Highway respectively. So, the Level of Service is B for village road/ MDR

and National Highway 73 which is ‘very good, as per classification.

Hence, the load on the carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not likely to have any

significant adverse impact due to proposed project.

7.6.3 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

The movement of trucks at the mine site will be regulated as per the traffic rules framed and

given below:-

Driver of the truck will park the vehicle at the ear marked site and report at the site

office /security check post.

After submission of documents, checking, making entries driver will be given a TOKEN

and directed to report for loading to a particular block/ equipment.

After the TOKEN is checked and verified, truck will be loaded and allowed to move out.

After reaching the truck terminal driver will park the vehicle and report back to the site

office/check post.

Permit as per rules will be given which will be again checked at the security check post

before the vehicle moves out of the terminal premises.

Only R.T.O. passed vehicle will be allowed for loading and up to the permissible limit.

An engineer or supervisor will check the vehicle for brakes and its general condition.

No gate pass will be given to the vehicle to move out unless covered with tarpaulin.

7.7 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

The total annual recurring cost of Rs. 14.0 Lacs will be incurred for Corporate

Environmental Responsibility. As a Corporate Responsibility following measures along with

budget provision (Table 7.16) is proposed for improving the conditions of persons in and

around the project area:-

Table 7.16: CER Activities

S. No. Category Activity Budget

(Rs. In Lacs)

1. Infrastructure work

for Education

promotion

Infrastructural development at nearest Government Institutions

Including the following:-

Toilet Repair and New constrictions for Student in Government

school.

2,00,000/-




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 155

Setup the Computer Lab in Two Government school 2,00,000/-

Drinking water tank installation for Student in Government

School

2,00,000/-

2. Medical & Health Drinking water tank Installation for Patients Potable Drinking

Water

2,00,000/-

Organized Health cheek-up camp school and village. 1,00,000/-

4. Women’s

Empowerment &

Health & hygiene

Awareness through distribution of Sanitary napkin making Through

S.H.G. (Women’s Empowerment & Health & hygiene). Awareness on

Personal Hygiene in Slums and Rural Habitations

3,00,000

5. Environment Plantation on the approach road to the premises and outside

periphery of the plant along with Plantation around habitation area

with High breeder trees at various Location within Habitation Areas:

Cost of 1 plant = 300/- with maintenance @500 Plants.

2,00,000

Total 14,00,000

***********************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – VII – PROJECT BENEFITS



NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 156

SECTION - VIII

INDEX

8.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 157

8.2 EMPLOYEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 157

8.2.1 Direct Employment ..................................................................................................................... 157

8.2.2 INDIRECT EMPLOYMENT .......................................................................................................... 158

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE .................................. 158

8.3.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE .......................................................... 158

8.3.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................................... 159

8.3 PLANTATION .................................................................................................................................. 159

8.4 HEALTH ............................................................................................................................................ 160

8.5 OTHER BENEFITS .......................................................................................................................... 160

****************




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 157

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 GENERAL

The demand of Bajri has been rising in the state as a result of rising in construction

activities and development of the proposed project aims to fulfill the supply of Bajri. Hence,

the fine quality of mineral will be used further for development. The sediment in the form of

River Bed Material (RBM) deposited is of critical importance in civil and other

infrastructural activities. The proposed project lies on the river bed of Dudhgarh kee nadi.

The quality of Bajri is fine and appropriate for the mega infrastructural activities.

The demand for Bajri is ever growing with the growth of the infrastructure sector in our

country. The mineral is used mainly in the construction activities like buildings, bridges etc.

The requirement for the mineral is always high in the nearby cities and towns. Therefore,

there is always a good demand of the mineral in the domestic market. The local region

demand is increasing; hence newer areas for Bajri reserves are approached.

The apparent domestic demand for Bajri is estimated at 125 million tonnes by 2013-14

which will rise to 185 million tonnes in 2018-19. The capacity of proposed project is

19,00,000 tonnes. Hence, the proposed project aims to fill the demand – supply gap through

optimum allocation and excavation of natural resources required to meet the demand

effectively in the local region.

This will also generate much needed employment to the local people. Economy of the area

will get a boost and there will be overall growth of the region in terms of education, health,

training, transport, automobile, industry. The standard of living accordingly will also get an

upliftment on the positive side.

8.2 EMPLOYEMENT

8.2.1 DIRECT EMPLOYMENT

During the operational phase, about 73 people will be employed directly. Considering that

some of the skilled personnel to be employed for the project will be from outside the area

and unskilled/ semiskilled personnel will be from within the study area, the project will add

to the well being of the area. In addition to the workforce the indirect employment will also

be generated for local persons. It will help in bringing prosperity to the area.




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 158

8.2.2 INDIRECT EMPLOYMENT

The project will also provide some indirect employment to the people of nearby area of

mine site. Some people will get engaged in some pet shops like tea shop, vehicle repair

centre etc. It will also provide some need based opportunity to the local public. The project

will provide following indirect employment to the local people:-

The bajri available will provide agency employment in the value chain analysis, for place

utility and retail.

Transportation and warehousing in the region required to transfer the mineral will

eventually be needed and therefore trucks and jobs in logistical activities will come up.

There will be development of externalities for the mine workers petty shops (tea, repair

stations for trucks etc.) as supporting services.

As there would be vocational training camps and Technical Training of mining to the

regional people, hence there will be potential manpower available for the proposed and

surrounding mines of the Tehsil.

This would create Indigenous Technologies for sustainable development.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed project will enhance the socio-economic activities in the adjoining areas. This

will result in following benefits:

Improvements in physical infrastructure.

Improvements in social Infrastructure.

Increase in employment potential.

Contribution to the exchequer.

Prevention of illegal mining which will help in sustaining the river & its aesthetic value.

Post-mining enhancement of green cover.

8.3.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

It is a green-field project. It will give numerous positive impacts on society such as growth

in schools, hospitals, hotels, transport etc. It will also attract other entrepreneur to establish

their venture in the region.

The project will improve the physical infrastructure of the adjoining areas. This will include

the following:-

Improved road communication;




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 159

Strengthening of existing community facilities through the Community Development

Programme;

Rain Water Reservoir to augment the water availability for irrigation and plantation;

Skill development & capacity building like vocational training to persons for income

generation

Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, family welfare

programs, immunization camp, sports & cultural activities, plantation etc.

8.3.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

There will be some obvious changes in various environmental parameters due to mining

activity. Increase socio-economic activities, creation of new employment opportunities,

infra-structural development, better educational and health facilities.

Following are the benefits in specific area of social domain:-

Socio-Economic:- There will be positive impact in socio-economic area due to increased

economic activities, creation of new employment opportunities, infrastructural

development and better educational and health facilities.

Health Care Facilities: - Social Welfare Programme like provision of medical facilities,

Water Supply for the employees as well as for nearby Villagers will be taken.

Employment Potential: - There is a possibility of creation of direct and indirect

employment opportunities due to working of this mine.

The mine will contribute to the Exchequer of State and Central Government as per

norms.

8.3 PLANTATION

The lease area is in the river bed and devoid of any vegetation. Mining activities will not

cause any harm to riparian vegetation cover as the working will not extend beyond the

offset left against the banks. Plantation will be carried out as social forestry programme in

villages, school and the areas allocated by the Panchayat / State authorities. Plantation has

been proposed on both sides of the roads as greenbelt to provide cover against dust

dissemination. A massive plantation will be done nearby the mine area to mitigate the ill-

effects of mining and to improve environment of its surrounding area.

Native plants like Neem, Pipal, Khejri, Mango and other local species will be planted. The

management will give emphasis on plantation and will also motivate local persons for




NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 160

plantation during rainy season. This will also increase the consciousness in workers and

near-by villagers for greenery. Fruit trees can contribute towards their financial gains.

8.4 HEALTH

Periodic medical checkups as per Mines Act/ Rules and other social development and

promotional activities will be undertaken. All this will assist to lift the general health status

of the residents of the area around mines.

8.5 OTHER BENEFITS

The other tangible benefits includes metrics and improvements demonstrating process and

system cost savings, compliant inspections and customer audits, faster product approvals

and manufacturing throughput, less rejected material, reduced nonconformance issues, and

more efficient continuous improvement and project implementation. Intangible benefits

include improved staff morale, quick, more accurate and transparent decision making,

increased staff accountability and an enhanced culture of quality throughout the

organization.

******************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – IX –ENVIRONMENTAL COST

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAYS BENEFIT ANALYSIS


EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 161

SECTION- IX

INDEX

9.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 162

9.2 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES .......................................... 163

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – IX –ENVIRONMENTAL COST

APPLICANT: - TIRUPATI ROADWAYS BENEFIT ANALYSIS


EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 162

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

The mining activity envisages negative impact on the environment both on biodiversity and

habitation. Mitigation measures in various chapters of the report have been indicated and

will be implemented to reduce the impact to insignificant levels. In order to understand the

effectiveness of the measures, environmental monitoring will have to be carried out. Results

will have to be documented and analyzed. In order to carry out such activities, proper

monitoring equipments, supporting staff has to be provided in addition to the cost of the

protective works, which will be undertaken.

Table 9.1: Project Cost and Benefit

Particulars : Amount (In Rs.)

Production Capacity : 19,00,000 TPA

Production Cost : Rs. 180/- Per Tonne

Sale Value : Rs. 250/- Per Tonne

Profit : Rs. 70/- Per Tonne

9.2 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

The Environment cost for this proposed mining includes Environmental Management Plan,

Environmental and Social Responsibility, Occupational Health and safety. The detailed is as

given below:-

(In Rs.)

*************

S. No. Particulars Amount (Rs. In Lacs)

1. Environmental Management Plan 17.00

2. Environmental and Social Responsibility 03.00

3. Occupational Health and Safety 03.00

4. Biodiversity 15.00

Total 38.00

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – X – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN



EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 163

SECTION – X

INDEX

10.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 164

10.2 CRITICAL ACTIVITIES FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................ 164

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN............................................................................... 164

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME ............................................................................ 171

10.5 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................... 172

*********************




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 164

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

A project specific Environmental Management Plan has been formulated subsequent to an

EIA study as per the requisite Terms of Reference to ensure that the appropriate

environmental management practices are followed in compliance with the environmental

legislation.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely with the proposed

activity and likely to get new economical fillip, not only for the study area but also for the

region as a whole.

Environmental Management for the mining activity is discussed for environmental impact

pertains to the operational phase. Even though is reversible in nature all the impacts will be

visible only during operational phase. The EMP will therefore be initiated during

operational phase.

10.2 CRITICAL ACTIVITIES FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

1. Training and Environmental Awareness;

2. Documentation and record keeping;

3. Reporting Procedures;

4. Stakeholder/ Project Proponent engagement;

5. Auditing;

6. Responding to Non-compliance.


S. No. Particular Management Plan

1. Land Environment Safety zone of about 50m on each side of the rail/ road bridges and 50m

radius around the wells located in the river bed have been earmarked. Bajri

excavation will not be carried out in this zone.

7.5m offset will be left against the banks to protect from side collapse.

Soil quality will be monitored from strategic locations and analysis will be

done once in every two years.

To prevent erosion, moving the road or footpath will be kept away from the

river’s edge.

Care will be taken to ensure that ponding is not formed in the river bed.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 165

2. Water Environment Based on baseline data, corrective measures will be taken.

Measurement of water level fluctuations to assess impact of mining activity

on the water table depletion in close proximity of dug wells and bore wells.

Rainwater harvesting (percolation tank) has been proposed for augmenting

ground water resources and for arresting/ reversing the declining trends of

ground water levels.

Regular monitoring and analysis of water samples at strategic locations will

be carried out to monitor the water quality of the area.

3. Air Environment Unpaved Roads

Water sprinkling will be done for dust suppression.

Leveling of roads will be done to maintain the uniform speed of the trucks/

tippers.

Paved Roads

The roads will be maintained.

Regular cleaning will be done to reduce the chances of road dust to become

airborne.

Water sprinkling will be done on a fixed stretch of paved road passing

through the villages.

Adequate transportation routes will be decided to transport the mineral and

will be maintained properly.

Speed breakers will be constructed to restrict the speed of transporting

vehicles. However, limiting of vehicular speed will be adopted.

Transportation

The vehicles will be maintained to control the air emissions.

The speed of the vehicles will be maintained uniform.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

The loaded vehicles will be covered with tarpaulin.

Over loading will be avoided.

Other Measures

Personal Protective Equipments like dust mask, ear plugs, ear muffs etc. will

be provided to the persons/ workers.

Regular monitoring and analysis will be carried out through collection of air

samples from strategic monitoring sites. If the parameters go beyond the

permissible tolerance limits, corrective regulation measure will be taken.

4. Noise Environment Noisy activities will be scheduled at normal working hours (daytime hours)

to the extent possible when the environment is least sensitive to noise

impact.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 166

Regular inspection and maintenance of vehicles and equipment will be

performed to ensure efficiency and worn parts will be replaced.

Limited numbers of equipments will be used on-site.

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and overloading will be

avoided.

Speed limits will be enforced in relation to road conditions and on-route

communities.

Road surfaces will be maintained in good condition to reduce tyre noise and

to assure continuous traffic flow to avoid prolonged idling.

Noise monitoring will be conducted on a regular basis to determine

compliance with noise criteria.

Personal protective devices i.e., earmuffs and earplugs will be provided to

workers, working in high noise areas.

Periodical medical checkup will be organized for all workers to check any

noise related health problems.

5. Occupational Health and Safety Heat & Light

The mine site will have adequate drinking water supply so that workers do

not get dehydrated.

Lightweight and loose fitting clothes having light colors will be preferred to

wear.

Rigorous exercise and more physical activities will be avoided in hot

weather.

Noise

Noise exposure measurements will be taken to determine the need for noise

control strategies.

The personal protective equipment will be provided for mine workers.

Supervisor will be instructed for reporting any problems with hearing

protectors or noise control equipment.

At noisy working activity, exposure time will be minimized.

Machineries will be labeled with noise levels.

Dust Control

Dust generating sources will be identified and proper control measure will

be adopted.

Face mask will be provided during mining activity.

Periodic medical examinations will be provided for all workers.


6. Biological Environment Mining activities will not cause any harm to riparian vegetation cover as the




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 167

working will not extend beyond the offset left against the banks.

The lease area is devoid of any vegetation. Hence, It is proposed to develop

social forestry in the approach villages at public places like School, PHC’s,

Panchayat Bhawan with due permission from Panchayat and in consultation

with Forest Department/ local authorities.

A total of about 22,500 trees of native species along with some fruit bearing

and medicinal trees will be planted at various places in a span of five years.

Under the afforestation plan, Plantation in nearby villages and connecting

roads will be done. The implementation for development of greenbelt will be

of paramount importance as it will not only add up as an aesthetic feature

but also act as pollution sink. The species to be grown in the areas will be

dust tolerenent and fast growing species so that a permanent greenbelt is

created. Plantation in the barrier zone and roads is necessary as these area

will contain fine particulates resulting from mining operation and vehicle

movement will also be carried out as social forestry programme in village

school, panchayat, community centre, hospitals etc.

Action plan for Green belt Development is given below:-

Year Approach

Road

Schools Public Health

Centers

Panchayat

Bhawans

Community

Centers

Total

I 1800 740 740 740 740 4760

II -- 740 740 738 739 2957

III -- 735 730 730 740 2957

IV -- 730 730 730 730 2957

V -- 740 738 738 730 2957

VI 739 739 739 739 2957

VI I 739 739 739 730 2957

Total 22500

Detail of the lease area proposed under various component

1 Mine lease area 45.00 Ha

2 33% plantation area 15.00 Ha.

3 Life of Mine 7 Years

4 Total Number of Plant to be planted@ 1500 plant/ ha 22500 Nos.

5 Plantation along the haul road starting from core area to mottled Road 2700 m2

6 Plantation on both side of road 2700*2/3m= 1800 Nos.

7 Plantation for I year 1800+2957 = 4757




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 168

8 Plantation on other side i.e. Village Panchayat, Government Schools,

Hospitals, Community Centre and if possible than both side of river bank

22500 - 1800 =20700

20700/7= 2957/ Year

Year wise Plantation programme in villages

S. No. Name of Villages Ist Year IInd Year IIIrd Year IVth Year Vth Year

1 Rattewali AP SC SC SC SC

2 Parwala SC SC SC PB SC

3 Rajpura AP PB AP SC PB

4 Bharoli SC PHC SC PB SC

5 Rajpur Rani SC PB PHC AP PHC

6 Alipur PHC AP PHC PHC PHC

7 Khetparli SC SC SC SC SC

8 Taparian PHC CC PHC SC SC

9 Bhund AP AP AP SC PB

10 Kherwali Palwala SC PB PB SC SC

11 Billa SC SC PB SC SC

12 Bhoj dharti SC SC SC PB SC

13 Kot PHC PHC PHC SC PB

14 Gjhiwari PHC CC SC PB PB

15 Raipur Rani PHC SC SC SC SC

16 Ganeshpur SC PB SC SC AP

17 Kanauli AP SC CC AP SC

18 Kandiwala SC AP SC PB CC

19 Kambla SC PB SC SC SC

20 Amrala PB PHC SC PB SC

21 Sultanpur PHC PHC PB SC SC

CC = Community Centre PHC = Public Health Centre PB = Panchayat Bhawan

AP = Approach Road SC = School




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 169

Suggested Plant Species with Characters

Suggested Plant Species with Characters

S. No. Species Name Local Name Species Characters

1. Acacia nilotica Desi Babul WT, ST

2. Albizzia lebbek Shiris WT

3. Annona squamosa. Amrood CT, FT, ST

4. Azadirachta indica Neem CT, MT

5. Dalbergia sissoo Sisam WT, ST

6. Pongamia pinnata Karanj MT, CT

7. Emblica officinalis Ambla CT, ST, FT

8. Ficus bengalensis Bad or Vad CT, LT, FT

9. Ficus religiosa Pipal CT, LT, FT

10. Holoptelea integrifolia Churel WT, LT

11. Mangifera indica Aam CT, LT, FT

12. Pithecellobium dulce Jungal Jalebi CT, MT

13. Syzygium cumini Jamun WT, FT

14. Tamarindus indica Emli CT,MT, FT

15. Terminalia arjuna Arjun WT, LT

Species Characters:

SH=Shrub; WT sp= Wild Tree species; CT sp= Common Tree species; FT = Fruit Tree;

ST = Small Tree; LT = Large Tree and MT = Medium Tree.

List of Plant Species to Control Dust (Particulate matter) around the Project area

S. No. Scientific Name Common &

Local Name

% of DC Location

1. Annona squamosa Amrood 12.09

Both side of motrable

Roads connecting mine

lease.

Public places i.e.

Government schools,

Government hospitals,

health centre, Village

Panchayat and community

centers

2. Magifera indica Aam 12.25

3. Thevetia peruviana (sh) Peeli Kaner 12.56

4. Hibiscus rosa- sinensis(Sh) Gurhal, Jasund 21.09

5. Ficus religiosa Peepal 12.94

6. Syzygium cumini Jamun 14.39

7. Delbergia sissoo Shesham 17.02

8. Delonix regia Gulmohar 18.05

9. Moringa olieifera Sahajan 18.79

10. Aegle marmelos Bel 18.9

11. Pithecolobium dule Jungle Jalebi 19.21




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 170

12. Cassia fistula Amaltas 23.03

13. Butea monosperma Palas, Dhak 24.44

14. Azardirachta indica Neem 25.54

15. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka 29.84

16. Terminalia catappa Desi Badam 30.12

17. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 30.54

Sh- shrub, St – Straggler. %DC – Percent of Dust Control efficiency

List of plant species to control Noise pollution and absorb gas (SO2 Emission)

S. No. Scientific Name Common &

Local Name

Performance Location

CN OGE

1. Aegle marmelos Bel *

Roads crossing villages, Public

places i.e. schools, hospitals,

health centre

and community centers

2. Azardirachta indica Neem * +

3. Butea monosperma Palas *

4. Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu *

5. Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad *

6. Ficus religiosa Peepal * +

7. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka * +

8. Terminalia catappa Desi Badam *

9. Terminalia arjuna Arjun * +

* CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (+ So2)

Plantation Techniques

The Plant species identified for greenbelt development shall be planted using pitting technique. The pit size will

be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm bigger pit size will be considered at marginal and poor

quality of soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage

sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis( and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and

60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm pit sizes respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 5-10 days before

actual plantation. Healthy saplings of identified species should be planted in each pit with the commencement of

monsoon. Provision for regular and liberal watering during the summer period during the commission stage of

the plant will be arranged from the local available resources. The authorities responsible for plantation will also

make adequate measure for the protection of the saplings.

Budget for Greenbelt/ Plantation

Particulars No of plants Budget Rs in Lacs

Capital cost @120/ plant (The budget includes

cost of digging of pits, fertilizers, saplings and

4760 571200

2957 354840




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 171

maintenance). 2957 354840

2957 354840

2957 354840

2957 354840

2957 354840

Total Rs 27,00,000

Recurring Cost Rs.5,50,000

7. Socio-Economic Aspect Direct employment to the local people which help to sustain their livelihood.

During the operational phase by the implementation of certain CER activities

indirect employment will also generate.

Improved livelihood.

Training will be provided to the local persons

Awareness programme will be organized.

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME

The Project Proponent is quite conscious of its responsibility for maintaining clean and a

healthy environment. The management is also keen to modify and make more efficient

measures towards suppression of pollution sources. Adequate fund for Pollution Control

Measures are provided as a part of overall project financing to ensure the availability of

proper treatment facilities. The overall investment in the project is assumed to be Rs 38.0

lacs. This cost will be spending phase wise along with the growth of project. The breakup of

the proposed cost for Environment Management Programme is given as under:-

Table 8.1: Provision for Environmental Protection Measures

S. No. Description Capital Cost

(Rs. In lacs)

Recurring Cost

(Rs. In lacs)

1. Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise) - 4.0

2. Dust Suppression (Water Sprinkling) 5.0 4.0

3. Occupational Health and Safety

(Health camps, training etc.)

3.0 1.5

4. Green Belt 5.0 5.5

5. Maintenance of haul road 12.0 3.0

6. Replenishment study (Pre and post monsoon) 10.0 10.0

7. Environmental Awareness Programme 3.0 2.0

Total 38.0 30.0




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 172

The protection measures will be dynamic and subject to periodic review so that measures

remain effective and appropriate.

10.5 CONCLUSION

Various aspects of mining activities were considered and related impacts were evaluated.

Considering all the possible ways to mitigate the environmental concerns Environmental

Management Plan was prepared and fund has been allocated for the same. The EMP is

dynamic, flexible and subjected to periodic review. For project where the major

environmental impacts are associated, EMP will be under regular review. Senior

Management responsible for the project will conduct a review of EMP and its

implementation to ensure that the EMP remains effective and appropriate. Thus, the proper

steps will be taken to accomplish all the goals mentioned in the EMP and the project will

bring the positive impact in the study area.

*****************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – XI – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN



EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 173

SECTION – IX

INDEX

11.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 175

11.1.1 LOCATION OF LEASE AREA ....................................................................................................... 175

11.1.2 DETAIL OF MINING LEASE ........................................................................................................ 175

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................................. 176

11.2.1 GEOLOGY ........................................................................................................................................ 176

11.2.1.1 Local Geology ............................................................................................................................. 176

11.2.1.2 Physiography ............................................................................................................................. 178

11.2.2 GEOLOGICAL AND MINEABLE RESERVES ............................................................................ 178

11.2.3 MINING ............................................................................................................................................ 178

11.2.4 PRODUCTION DETAILS .............................................................................................................. 179

11.2.5 LAND USE PATTERN ................................................................................................................... 179

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................. 179

11.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................. 180

11.3.1.1 Land Use ....................................................................................................................................... 180

11.3.1.2 Soil Quality .................................................................................................................................. 180

11.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................. 180

11.3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 183

11.3.3.1 Meteorology ................................................................................................................................ 183

11.3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................. 183

11.3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................ 184

11.3.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................ 184

11.3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................... 185

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......... 185

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ................................................................. 188

11.5.1 AIR .................................................................................................................................................... 188

11.5.2 WATER ............................................................................................................................................ 188

11.5.3 NOISE ............................................................................................................................................... 188

11.5.4 HEALTH AND SANITATION ...................................................................................................... 188

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................ 188

11.6.1 PUBLIC HEARING ......................................................................................................................... 188

11.6.2 REPLENISHMENT STUDY .......................................................................................................... 188




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 174

11.6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT .................................................................................... 189

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................................................................... 189

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN............................................................................... 190

11.8.1 LAND USE MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................................... 190

11.8.2 WATER POLLUTION MANAGEMENT .................................................................................... 190

11.8.3 AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................. 191

11.8.4 NOISE POLLUTION MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................... 191

11.8.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ............................................................................... 192

11.8.6 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................... 192

11.8.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT......................................................................................... 192

11.10 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................................... 193

***************




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 175

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed mining lease is situated in Village – Rattewali, Tehsil – Barwala, District –

Panchkula (Haryana). The Letter of Intent has been issued by the Department of Mines and

Geology, Haryana vide Memo no. DMG/ HY/ Cont…/ Rattewali Block/ PKL B 10/ 2017/

2658 dated 16.06.2017 for removal of Sand (Minor Mineral) from Govt. Land (River Bed).

The proposed lease area is 45.0 ha. The validity of lease area is 7.0 years. The river area

spreads in villages of Rattewali. Lease area was demarcated along the course of the River

Dudhgarh Kee Nadi.

11.1.1 LOCATION OF LEASE AREA

Village Rattewali

Tehsil HQ Barwala

District HQ Panchkula (Haryana)

11.1.2 DETAIL OF MINING LEASE


1. Name of Project River Bed Sand Mining

2. Location Village – Rattewali, Tehsil - Barwala, District – Panchkula (Haryana)

3. Lease Area 45.0 Ha.

4. Land Type Govt. Land (River Bed)

5. Latitude &

Longitude


(E)


(E)

BP-1 30°39’24.6” 77°59’48.8” BP-10 30°38’38.708” 77°59’28.924”

BP-2 30°39’22.800” 77°59’50.000” BP-11 30°38’33.000” 77°59’31.999”

BP-3 30°39’16.800” 77°59’47.300” BP-12 30°38’33.000” 77°59’19.200”

BP-4 30°39’14.900” 77°59’47.800” BP-13 30°38’49.000” 77°59’19.500”

BP-5 30°39’7.439” 77°59’40.179” BP-14 30°38’53.000” 77°59’17.500”

BP-6 30°39’1.800” 77°59’33.000” BP-15 30°38’55.000” 77°59’20.000”

BP-7 30°39’1.000” 77°59’34.200” BP-16 30°38’58.500” 77°59’21.200”

BP-8 30°38’54.040” 77°59’30.880” BP-17 30°38’15.000” 77°59’32.000”

BP-9 30°38’49.026” 77°59’28.353”

6. Toposheet No. H 43/K14, H43/L2

7. Seismic Zone Zone IV (IS 1893: 2002)




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 176

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Mining Lease of Boulder, Gravel and Sand Mining in an area of 45.0 ha. is located in Village –

Rattewali, Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula (Haryana). Aerial distance is around 1.80

km between the starting and end point of the lease area. Total length of the lease area is

1.80 km. The mineable (proved & probable) reserves are 23,73,365 Tonne with the targeted

production of 19,00,000 Tonnes production capacity for a period of 7 year duration.

Water requirement for the project will be 53 KLD; out of which 2.5 KLD for domestic use,

5.5 KLD for dust suppression and 45.0 KLD for plantation.

11.2.1 GEOLOGY

11.2.1.1 Local Geology

The litho units encountered in the riverbed and surrounding areas belongs to the Siwalik

Super group. The sediments are river borne and has deposited in the riverbed and the flood

plains. The different formations of the area belong to Siwalik Super group and are a mixture

of boulders, pebbles, sand, silt and clay. The following sequences have been observed in the

area.

Soil/ Alluvium

Sand

There is no clear demarcation between the litho units. They have been deposit in a mixed

form. The Litho- Units exposed around the riverbed belong to Siwalik Super group the

mineral boulders, Gravel and Sand have formed by weathering of rocks and then deposition

on the flood plains of the rivers originated from the Siwaliks, these have been washed by

rainwater during rainy season and deposited in river bed in the from of boulder, gravels and

sand of different sizes and shapes. These minerals are sorted by screening. The max depth

of the minerals is not known.

Soil /alluvium varying in thickness from 2-4 constitute the top horizons in the area suitable

for agriculture. Yamuna River meanders through the area exposing the alluvium and soil at

the banks. Boulders, gravel and sand is found in the river bed. Boulder, gravel and sand is

deposited up to great depths. this bed is presently dry and water flows only during the

rainy season the sand exposed in the river bed of Yamuna and surrounding area is the

product of the deposition of the sediments brought and deposited in flood plains river of

the river Yamuna these sediments area of recent geological formation . The litho units

exposed within the river and surrounding areas have formed as water borne sediments




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 177

brought by flood water during rainy season every year and deposited in river bed

Geological map section are enclosed.

Sand


and outside the river bed as well in the central part there is no perfect classification

between boulders, cobbles pebbles and sand. They are deposited in a mixed state. The

classification is done by grab mining and the sediments are passed through different sieves

in the screening plants.


and there is no perfect classification between sediments these may be called as coarse sand,

medium sand and fine sand.

Table 11.1: Geological Succession

Age Super

Group

Group Formation Lithology

Holocene Newer alluvium and newer

Aeolian deposits

Gravel ,sand, silt, clay, limestone,

gypsum

Lower to

upper

Pleistocene

Older alluvium and older

Aeolian Deposits

Gravel, grey sand silt, clay brown

sand, calcrete

Lower to

middle

Pleistocene

S

I

W

A

L

I

K

Upper

Siwalik

Boulder conglomerates

formation

Conglomerate, sandstone, silt, clay

Upper

Pliocene

Pinjore formation Coarse grit, red sand stone and clay

conglomerate

Tatrot formation Friable sandstone and variegated

clay

Middle

Siwalik

Dhokpathan formation Brown sandstone and orange clay

Middle

Miocene

Nagri formation Hard grey sand stone and mudstone

and minor shale

Lower

Siwalik

Nahan formation Coarse grity, clay and red sandstone

often calcareous, brownish shale

with lignite lenticles, greenish white

quartzite

Lower

Miocene

Sirmur Kausauli Formation Grey and greenstone, green shale and

grey clay

Dagsaj formation Purple and green sand stone, deep

red gitty, clay, white and stone

With ferruginous concretions

Upper

Eocene

Subathu formation Sand stone with gritu clay. Impure

fossiliferous limestone calcareous




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 178

slate greenish shale and dark brown

quartzite

Pre-

proterozoic

Tunda pathar Thickly bedded, stromatolite

limestone with carboniferous shale

and quartzite

(Source: - Geological Survey of India)

11.2.1.2 Physiography

The topography of the lease area is flat terrain. Highest elevation is 376 MSL and lowest

is 358 MSL. The climate of the area is semi-arid type. The average mean annual rainfall is

1057 mm.

11.2.2 GEOLOGICAL AND MINEABLE RESERVES

Geological Reserve : 35,10,000 Tonne

Mineable Reserve : 23,73,365 Tonne

Production : 19,00,000 TPA

Life of Mine : 7.0 Years

11.2.3 MINING

As per Haryana Minor Mineral Concession, Stocking and Transportation of Minerals, and

Prevention of Illegal Mining Rules, 2012 extraction is limited to 3.0m depth only. The total

length of the area as per the description report stretches in the length of 1.80 km.

The salient features of mode of working as per approved Modified Mining Plan are:-

The mining will be carried out by forming only one bench because mining is limited up

to 3.0 m depth from river bed.

The height of the benches will be restricted to 3.0 m and width will be approx 20 m.

Bench will advance parallel to the bank of the river.

Extraction activities will start from the upstream to downstream side. This will not

obstruct the movement of water, if any, during monsoon period in the river course.

Roads in the lease area for the movement of loaded trippers/ trucks will not have slopes

more than 1 in 20.

Roads will be properly maintained and water sprinkling will be done for dust

suppression.

Every working will have its own approach roads, which already exists and is well

connected to main highways.

Light weight excavators will be used for loading of mineral in tippers/ trucks.

No drilling/ blasting are required as the material is loose in nature.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 179

11.2.4 PRODUCTION DETAILS

The year wise development of mines for the five year will progress as per the table below:-

Table 11.2: Production Details

Year Trips/ day Production (TPA)

I 284 19,00,000

II 284 19,00,000

III 284 19,00,000

IV 284 19,00,000

V 284 19,00,000

11.2.5 LAND USE PATTERN

The land use for mining and allied purposes is given in Table 11.3.

Table 11.3: Land Use Pattern

S.

No.

Particulars Present Land

Use (Ha.)

At the End of

5th Year (Ha.)

At the end of

9th Year (Ha.)

1. Pit Area -- 31.6667 31.6667

2. Safety Zone – Roads, bridges & anicuts, 7.5

m lease boundary, 25% restricted area for

river banks, 50 m barrier at each bank etc.

-- 13.3333 13.333

3. Un-disturbed 45.0 -- --

Total 45.0 45.0 45.0

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

For monitoring the environmental parameters like meteorology, air, water, soil and noise

quality, the monitoring stations have been established at different locations in the study

area. Additionally one station was selected for surface water sampling. The baseline data

has been collected in the Post – Monsoon season (October to December’ 2017) by former

ACO. The detail of the sampling locations is given in below Table:-

Table 11.4: Sampling Location Details

Sampling Location Direction Distance (Km) Components Remarks

Project Site - - Air, Water, Noise, Soil --

Rattewall SW 1.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near mine site

Parwala ESE 2.1 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Crosswind

Rajpura PF Near

Bharoli ESE 4.8

Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near Rajpura

PF

Rajpur Rani SE 7.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Downwind

NH-73 Near Air port SW 5.7 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Sensitive receptor near NH-73

Khetprali N 2.0 Air, Water, Noise, Soil Upwind direction




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 180

11.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

11.3.1.1 Land Use

The land use pattern of the study area based on the latest satellite imagery is given below:-

Table 11.5: LULC

LULC Class Area (Ha.) Area (%) Area (m2)

Agricultural 9850 27.8 98500000

Fallow land 395 1.1 3950000

Settlement 1139 3.2 11390000

Forest 15002 42.3 150020000

Open Scrub 6552 18.5 65520000

Sandy area 404 5.8 4040000

Waste Lad 57 1.1 570000

Water bodies 7 0.2 70,000

Total 33406 100 334060000

11.3.1.2 Soil Quality

Soil samples were collected from six representative sampling locations. The soil analysis

results are given below:-

Color of Soil : Brownish

pH : 7.32 to 7.82

Total Organic Carbon : 0.68-0.75 %

Sodium as Na : 35.26- 53.61 mg/ 100gm

Phosphorus as P : 8.23 – 19.14 mg/ 100gm

Potassium as K : 89.63 – 116.35 mg/ 100gm

Copper as Cu : 2.80 – 4.10 mg/100g.

Cadmium as Cd : 0.53 - 0.75 mg/ 100g

Zinc as Zn : 3.65 – 14.20 mg/ 100g

11.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Six ground water samples have been considered in the study area. The analysis results are

presented below:-

PR

OJE

CT

:- MIN

ING

OF

BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L A

ND

SA

ND

S

EC

TIO

N – X

I – EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

PL

AN

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

1

81

Ta

ble

11

.6: S

tatu

s of G

rou

nd

Wa

ter Q

ua

lity

S. N

o.

P a

ram

ete

r U

nits

Drin

kin

g W

ate

r Sta

nd

ard

IS:1

05

00

(20

12

)

Ra

ttew

ali

Pa

rwa

la

Bh

aro

li R

ajp

ur R

an

i A

lipu

r K

he

rpa

li

Da

te o

f Sa

mp

ling

R

eq

uire

me

nt

(De

sirab

le

Lim

its)

Pe

rmissib

le L

imits

in th

e A

bse

nce

of

Alte

rna

te S

ou

rce.

09

.10

.20

17

1.

pH

(at 25

°C)

-- 6

.5 –

8.5

N

R

8.1

0

7.9

6

7.8

6

8.1

6

7.9

0

8.2

0

2.

Co

lou

r H

azen

<5

<

25

5

*B

DL

(**DL

5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L 5

hazen

)

*BD

L (**D

L

5 h

azen)

3.

Tu

rbid

ity (N

TU

) N

TU

<

5

< 1

0

1

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

*BD

L (**D

L0

.1

NT

U)

*BD

L

(**DL

0.1

NT

U)

4.

Od

ou

r --

Un

ob

jection

able

--

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

A

greeable

Agreeab

le

5.

Taste

-- A

greeable

A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

A

greeable

Agreeab

le

6.

To

tal Hard

ness as C

aCO

3 m

g/ l <

30

0

< 6

00

2

63

.44

2

56

.24

2

89

.80

1

68

.30

1

81

.25

2

14

.51

7.

Calciu

m as C

a m

g/ l <

75

<

20

0

52

.23

5

0.7

5

62

.16

1

7.5

6

40

.36

4

6.6

3

8.

Alk

alinity

as CaC

O3

mg/ l

< 2

00

<

60

0

41

5.1

2

42

9.6

8

48

8.6

2

17

7.9

0

14

2.1

5

36

0.2

0

9.

Ch

lorid

e as Cl

m/ l

< 2

50

<

10

00

3

4.2

3

31

.46

3

0.7

6

43

.25

9

8.3

7

42

.30

10

. C

yan

ide as C

N

mg/ l

< 0

.05

N

R

<0

.02

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

11

. M

agnesiu

m as M

g m

g/ l <

30

<

10

0

32

.35

3

1.5

0

32

.73

1

8.1

2

19

.57

2

8.7

1

12

. T

otal D

issolv

ed So

lids

mg/ l

< 5

00

<

20

00

4

42

.00

4

79

.00

5

21

.00

3

07

.00

3

45

.00

4

28

.00

13

. Su

lph

ate as SO

4 m

g/ l <

20

0

< 4

00

9

.12

8

.51

8

.94

3

5.2

0

42

.61

8

.66

14

. F

luo

ride as F

m

g/ l <

1.0

<

1.5

0

.49

0

.32

0

.41

0

.94

0

.58

0

.52

15

. N

itrate as NO

3 m

g/ l <

45

<

10

0

16

.12

1

9.6

8

24

.67

1

9.1

0

24

.61

1

4.6

4

16

. Iro

n as F

e m

g/ l <

0.3

<

1.0

0

.27

0

.24

0

.30

0

.31

0

.48

0

.29

17

. A

lum

iniu

m as A

l m

g/ l <

0.0

3

< 0

.2

<0

.03

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

18

. B

oro

n

mg/ l

< 1

<

5

<0

.01

*B

DL

(**DL

*B

DL

(**DL

*B

DL

(**DL

*B

DL

(**DL

0.1

*B

DL

(**DL

PR

OJE

CT

:- MIN

ING

OF

BO

UL

DE

R, G

RA

VE

L A

ND

SA

ND

S

EC

TIO

N – X

I – EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

PL

AN

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: - TIR

UP

AT

I RO

AD

WA

YS

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.:- EE

SP

L/T

R-B

ou

lde

r Gra

ve

l an

d S

an

d M

ine

/00

1/M

P-

EC

-RS

-NB

WL

/2

01

8-1

9/

03

9

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

AU

GU

ST

’ 20

18

1

82

0.1

mg/l)

0.1

mg/l)

0.1

mg/l)

mg/l)

0.1

mg/l)

19

. T

otal C

hro

miu

m as C

r m

g/ l <

0.0

5

NR

7

39

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.03

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

3 m

g/l)

20

. C

on

du

ctivity

S/cm

S/ cm

-- --

<0

.00

1

80

2

87

2

87

2

57

5

57

5

21

. P

hen

olic C

om

po

un

ds

mg/ l

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

2

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

22

. M

ineral O

il m

g/ l <

0.0

1

< 0

.03

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1 m

g/l) *BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

23

. A

nio

nic D

etergen

ts as

MB

AS

mg/ l

< 0

.2

< 1

.0

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l) *BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.02

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

2 m

g/l)

24

. Z

inc as Z

n

mg/ l

< 5

<

15

0

.66

0

.66

0

.79

0

.48

0

.61

0

.71

25

. C

op

per as C

u

mg/ l

< 0

.05

<

1.5

0

.12

0

.12

0

.10

0

.05

0

.13

0

.10

26

. M

angan

ese as Mn

m

g/ l <

0.1

<

0.3

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

06

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.06

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

27

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

m

g/ l <

0.0

1

NR

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

6 m

g/l) *BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

*BD

L (**D

L 0

.06

mg/l)

*BD

L (**D

L

0.0

6 m

g/l)

28

. L

ead as P

b

mg/ L

<

0.0

5

NR

*B

DL

(**DL

0.1

3 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l) *B

DL

(**DL

0.1

3 m

g/l) *B

DL

(**DL

0.1

3 m

g/l) *B

DL

(**DL

0.1

3

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.1

3 m

g/l) 2

9.

Seleniu

m as S

e

mg/l

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L 0

.01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1 m

g/l)

30

. A

rsenic as A

s m

g/l

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

1m

g/l)

31

. M

ercury

as Hg

m

g/l

*B

DL

(**DL

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

*BD

L(**D

L

0.0

01

mg/l)

32

. T

otal C

olifo

rm

MP

N/

10

0 m

l

Ab

sent

-- A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

33

. E

. Co

li M

PN

/

10

0m

l

<1

0

-- A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 183

11.3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

To assess the baseline status of the air quality in the study area systematic ambient air

quality monitoring has been carried out for criteria pollutants (PM10, PM2.5, NOX and SO2) at

eight representative ambient air quality monitoring stations.

11.3.3.1 Meteorology

The recorded meteorological data for the study period at mine site is given below:-

Table 11.7: Summary of Meteorological Parameters

Month Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall in mm Wind Speed (Mile/ h)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

October 33.0 18.0 72.0 48.0 0 0 1.0 1.25

November 29.0 12.0 69.0 42.0 0 0 1.0 1.50

December 22.0 6.0 78.0 51.0 18 5.5 2.0 1.20

11.3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week

at six locations covering one complete season i.e. October - December’ 2017. The summary

of these results for all the locations is given below. These are compared with the standards

prescribed by Central Pollution Control board (CPCB) for rural and residential zone.

Table 11.8: Ambient Air Quality Status

S.

No.

Criteria

Pollutant

Locations Arithmetic

Mean

Minimum Maximum Standard

Deviation

98th

Percentile

CPCB

Standards

1

PM10 Mine Site 85.180 74.4 98.3 6.190 97.5 100

Rattewali 83.03 54.2 96.1 8.47 95.15

Parwala 73.45 60.3 91.7 9.45 91.1


Raipur Rani 88.88 78.5 103.8 6.17 101.35

Alipur 76.44 64.5 98.2 7.98 96.60

Khetprali 84.51 74.4 97.2 5.78 95.75

2

PM2.5 Mine Site 45.13 31.6 59.2 6.51 56.8 60

Rattewali 44.56 35.0 55.5 6.05 55.35

Parwala 37.97 27.6 50.7 6.63 50.6


Raipur Rani 48.75 39.6 64.1 5.73 61.70

Alipur 34.42 26.5 53.5 6.62 52.40

Khetprali 44.73 35.2 57.3 5.59 56.9

3

SO2 Mine Site 7.98 5.2 12.5 1.81 11.4 80

Rattewali 7.56 5.2 11.2 1.60 10.65




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 184

Parwala 6.7 4.7 10.8 1.59 10.7


Raipur Rani 9.56 1.82 6.3 1.82 12.75

Alipur 7.38 4.8 10.6 1.71 10.456

Khetprali 7.79 5.3 11.2 1.54 10.55

4 NOX Mine Site 23.92 17.5 38.6 5.18 35.45 80

Rattewali 24.53 16.4 34.2 5.32 33.35

Parwala 20.39 12.7 30.2 5.74 30.2


Raipur Rani 26.72 19.8 33.5 3.99 33.0

Alipur 23.53 15.3 35.3 5.49 33.90

Khetprali 24.36 15.3 33.6 5.57 33.55

11.3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at six locations

in the study area. The noise levels at each location were recorded for 24 hrs. The results

obtained were compared with the national standards and were found to be within the

standards. The collected data are:-

Table 11.9: Ambient Noise Level Status

Unit:- dB(A)

S.

No.

Location Protocol Results

Day Time

(6:00 AM to 10:00 PM)

Night Time

(10:00 PM to 06:00 PM)

Lmax. Lmin. Leq. Lmax. Lmin. Leq.

1. Near Mine Site CPCB

Guideline

s/IS 9989

69.80 48.30 64.56 58.10 42.40 54.24

2. Ranewali 65.20 58.40 40.10 55.20 40.10 43.60

3. Village Parwala 60.10 44.50 51.60 54.30 38.50 42.66

4. Rajpura PF Near Bharoli 63.10 46.30 54.20 58.10 40.10 44.00

5. Village Rajpur Rani 66.50 50.30 54.15 55.60 39.20 44.41

6. Village Alipur 61.40 48.30 53.77 51.80 37.60 43.55

7. Village Khelprali 63.50 47.40 53.20 55.30 39.20 44.80

11.3.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The study area includes the 81 Villages of Tehsil – Barwala, District – Panchkula, Haryana

within 10.0 km of area from mine periphery.

Table 11.11: Socio-Economic Status of the study area


1. No. of Villages 81

2. Total Population 100345




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 185

a. Male 54651

b. Female 45694

3. No. of Households 18496

4. No. of Literates 66612

a. Male 39615

b. Female 26997

5. Main Workers 31528

a. Male 26430

b. Female 5098

6. Marginal Workers 7031

a. Male 4122

b. Female 2909

7. Non-workers 61786

a. Male 24099

b. Female 37687

(Source: Census, 2011)

11.3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed project

and mitigation measures are given below:-

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Flora

Grass& Sadges - 10 Species Grass - 16 Species

Herb - 17 Species Herbs - 34 Species

Shrubs – 8 Species Shrubs - 53 Species

Tree – 0 Species Tree - 75 Species

Climbers – 1 Specie Climbers – 16 Specie; Parasitic plant – 1 specie

Fauna (In Study Area)

Aquatic fauna – 22 Species

Mammals – 18 Species

Amphibians – 4 Species

Reptiles – 10 Species

Butterflies – 9 Species

Aves – 44 Species

Pisces – 18 Species

Three Schedule I species reported i.e. Pavo cristatus (Peafowl), Python molurus (Python)

and Panthera pardus (Leopard) in the buffer zone.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 186


Land Environment

Erosion of channel bed and

banks;

Increase in channel slope;

Change in channel

morphology;

Offsets on both side of bank will be left to prevent the collapse of sides.

Excavation will be carried out in a manner so that water flow is not

obstructed.

No loss of top soil is expected as the sand is exposed in river bed surface.

Sand mining will be restricted down to 3.0m below river bed or 2.0m

above the ground water table, whichever less. Therefore, the mining will

not intersect the ground water table.

Dredging will not be resorted for mining of Bajri.

Quantities will be strictly limited so that sand accumulation rates are

sufficient to avoid extended impacts on channel morphology.

Mining will be carried out as per approved mine plan in scientific and

systematic way.

Safety Zone or Buffer area will be created from the river banks to

minimize the slope instability & erosion and to increase the stability of

structures. These safety zone will not be mined out.

Water Environment

Impairment in riparian

vegetation;

Change in flow patterns

resulting from modification of

the river bed.

Offsets on both the side of bank will be left to prevent the collapse of

sides and thereby protecting the riparian vegetation/ flora.

The bajri mining will be restricted up to 3.0m from river bed/ 2.0m

above water table or whichever is less. So, it will not affect ground water.

A safety zone of 50.0 m radius is being earmarked for the wells located in

the river bed.

In the projects, it is not proposed to divert or truncate any part of the

stream. There will not be any adverse impact on surface hydrology and

ground water regime due to this project.

Sand mining will be done according to guidelines and rules for proper

and scientific method of mining during the period of extracting the sand.

Thus, the project activities will not have any adverse affect on the

physical components of the environment and therefore may not have any

effect on the recharge of ground waters or affect the water quality.

Portable toilets will be used. Sewage generated will be channelized into

septic tank followed by soak pit.

Continuous monitoring of ground water samples will be done as

precautionary measures.

Air Environment




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 187

Dust will be generated mainly

during excavation, loading &

unloading activities.

Gaseous pollutants will by

generated mostly by the traffic.

It will be ensured that all the vehicles plying in the working zone are

properly tuned and maintained to keep emissions within the permissible

limits.

At loading & unloading points and transportation routes, arrangement

for water sprinkling will be made to minimize dust generation.

In order to predict changes in the air quality, AERMOD version 7.1.0

model was used. The maximum incremental ground level concentrations

of particulate matter PM10 & PM2.5, and gaseous pollutants NOX & CO from

the different mining activities for the study period (Post-Monsoon) with

EMP were observed to be 4.9μg/m3, 2.13μg/m3, 3.0μg/m3 and 6.0μg/m3

respectively.

The resultant will remain within the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards for industrial/ residential areas.

Noise Environment

Noise due to mining activities.

Noise due to vehicular

movement.

The noise levels from all these sources are periodical and restricted to

particular operation.

The noise measurement data indicated that present noise levels in the

study area is within the permissible limits of National Ambient Noise

Quality Standards.

Thus, due to natural attenuation effects by proper green belt/

maintenance of machines etc., the impact of noise levels will be minimal.

Biological Environment

Impact on biodiversity

Impact on threatened species

The core zone does not encompass any threatened flora or fauna species.

However, in buffer zone, Schedule – I species (Peafowl, Leopard and

Python) was reported, for which conservation plan has been prepared.

Only some common herbs, shrubs and grass will be cleared. So there will

be no impact on the biodiversity.

About 22,500 local and native species will be planted in five year.

Green belt development with suitable species will enhance the

biodiversity of the project area.

Implementation of conservation plan for Peafowl, Leopard and Python

will help to improve population status of that species.

Socio-Economic Environment

Employment generation

Health impacts

Education Facilities

The mining activity puts negligible change in the socio economic profile.

No displacing (0) is proposed due to the bajri mine.

Approx. 73 local workers will get employment opportunities along with

periodical training to generate local skills.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 188

New patterns of indirect employment/ income will generate.

Regular health check up camp.

Assistance to schools and scholarship to children will be provided.

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

11.5.1 AIR

Air quality monitoring will be carried out as per norms of HSPCB and CPCB.

11.5.2 WATER

Regular monitoring of ground water quality will be carried out at suitable locations. Water

samples will be collected four times in a year i.e. Pre - Monsoon, Monsoon, Post - Monsoon

and winter.

11.5.3 NOISE

Noise level will be recorded periodically at mine site near operating machines during day

and night time.

11.5.4 HEALTH AND SANITATION

Periodical medical checkup of workers is being done and medical facility provided. Toilets

and urinals will be provided near the mine site. Drinking water will be made available to the

workers.

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.6.1 PUBLIC HEARING

Public hearing was successfully executed as per the guidelines of EIA Notification 14th

September, 2006 and its subsequent amendments on dated 03.04.2018. Issues raised

during the public hearing has been properly addressed along the budgetary provision with

action plan has been given in Section – VI.

11.6.2 REPLENISHMENT STUDY

Replenishment Rate is the rate at which sand / gravel is transported into the river channel,

which is under examination or subjected to sand extraction. The formula uses catchment

area and mean annual runoff as key determinants to give a yield value. These equations




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 189

include all types of sediment yield (sheet and rill erosion, gully erosion, channel bed and

bank erosion and mass movement).

Thus, 1.10 MCM (116% of every year production) sediment will be regenerated every year

in the catchment area as replenishment against the mined out quantities.

11.6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT

Risk analysis is the systematic study of uncertainties and risks encountered in various

areas. Risk analysts seek to identify the risks involved in mining operations, to understand

how and when they arise, and estimate the impact (financial or otherwise) of adverse

outcomes. It also defines and analyzes the dangers to individuals, businesses and

government agencies posed by potential natural and human-caused adverse events.

However, there are various factors, which can create unsafe working conditions/ hazards in

mining of Bajri (minor minerals) from river bed. The following types of hazards are

identified during the Bajri mining operations:-

1. Accident during sand/mineral loading, transportation and dumping

2. Accident due to vehicular movement

3. Inundation/Flooding

4. Quick Sand Condition

Following procedure will be followed for effective management of any disaster in the mine.

Step 1: Identification of Disaster risk.

Step 2: Identification of persons at risk

Step 3: Removal of Hazard

Step 4: Evaluation of the risk

Step 5: Control Measures to be taken

Step 6: Maintain Assessment records

Step – 7: Review

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The demand of bajri has been rising in the state as a result of rising in construction activities

and development of the proposed project aims to fulfill the supply of Bajri. The capacity of

proposed project is 19,00,000 TPA aiming to fill the demand – supply gap.

The river bed sand mining will generate direct and indirect employment. Economy of the

area will get a boost and there will be overall growth of the region in terms of education,

health, training, awareness, transport, automobile, industry, and infrastructure. The




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 190

standard of living accordingly will also get an upliftment on the positive side. Plantation will

be carried out as social forestry programme in villages, school and the areas allocated by the

Panchayat / State authorities to improve environment of its surrounding area.


Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the reservation of ecological system by

considering in – built pollution abatement facilities at the mine site. Some of the major

criteria governing the environmental measures will be adopted.

11.8.1 LAND USE MANAGEMENT

To minimize the adverse effects, the following suggestions have been made.

No mining will be carried out in a river bed up to a distance of five times of the span of a

bridge structure on up-stream and ten times on downstream side.

The maximum depth of mining in the river – bed will not exceed three meters from the

un-mined bed level at any point in time with proper bench formation.

Mining will be restricted within the Central 3/ 4 width of the river.

No mining will be carried out in an area up to a width of 500 from the active edges of

embankments and 100m on either side of all other rivers/ rivulets.

Safety margin of 2.0m will be maintained above the ground water table.

The depth of excavation of mineral will not exceed 3m.

11.8.2 WATER POLLUTION MANAGEMENT

Some of the control measures adopted for controlling water pollution are as follows:-

Based on results from monitoring corrective regulatory measures will be taken.

Measurement of water level fluctuations to assess impact of mining activity on the

water table depletion in close proximity of dug wells and bore wells.

Rainwater harvesting has been proposed which has been accepted world wide as cost-

effective methods for augmenting ground water resources and for arresting/reversing

the declining trends of ground water levels.

Regular monitoring and analysis of water samples at strategic locations will be carried

out to monitor the water quality.

Domestic waste water will be treated by Modular STP and treated water will be used in

dust suppression.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 191

11.8.3 AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT

Following mitigation measures are envisaged:-

The speed of the vehicles will be maintained uniform.

Regular pollution checks and certification of vehicles will be done.

Limited number of mine-related vehicle will be maintained on the public roadways to

reduce the traffic to minimize impacts on local people.

The loaded vehicles will be covered with tarpaulin.

Over loading will be avoided and free board will be left in the loaded trucks to prevent

spillage.

The roads will be maintained.

Regular cleaning will be done to reduce the chances of road dust to become airborne.

Water sprinkling will be done on a fixed stretch of paved road passing through the

villages.

Natural barriers will be developed along the roadside to control the dispersion of dust

particles.

Fixed transportation routes will be decided to transport the sand and will be

maintained properly.

The use of unimproved roads will be limited to emergency use only.

Speed breakers will be constructed to restrict the speed of transporting vehicles.

However, limiting of vehicular speed will be adopted.

Regular monitoring and analysis will be carried out through collection of air samples

from strategic monitoring sites. If the parameters go beyond the permissible tolerance

limits, corrective regulation measure will be taken.

11.8.4 NOISE POLLUTION MANAGEMENT

The following control measures are to be undertaken to bring down the noise levels:-

Noise barriers will be constructed to control the noise pollution.

Noisy activities will be scheduled at normal working hours (day time hours) to the

extent possible when the environment is least sensitive to noise impact.

Regular inspection and maintenance of vehicles and equipment will be performed to

ensure efficiency and worn parts will be replaced.

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and overloading will not be done.

Speed limits will be enforced in relation to road conditions and on-route communities.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 192

Noise monitoring will be conducted on a regular basis to determine compliance with

noise criteria.

Personal protective equipments i.e., earmuffs and earplugs will be provided to workers,

working in high noise areas.

Periodical medical checkup will be organized for all workers to check any noise related

health problems.

Operational noise level status will be displayed on machines to identify the extent of

noise level and to control the exposure times at which worker are exposed to higher

noise levels.

11.8.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

To avoid any adverse effect on the health of the workers due to dust, noise etc. extensive

measures has to be adapted related to safety aspect.

Regular maintenance and testing all the tools & equipments as per manufacturer’s

guidelines.

Provision of personal protective equipment to the workers working in the mine.

Periodical Medical Examination of all workers by medical specialists will be conducted.


11.8.6 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT

Mining activities will not cause any harm to riparian vegetation cover as the working

will not extend beyond the offset left against the banks.

The lease area is devoid of any vegetation. Hence, it is proposed to develop social

forestry in the approach Villages at public places like School, PHC’s, Panchayat Bhawan

with due permission from Panchayat and in consultation with Forest Department/ local

authorities.

A total of about 22,500 trees of native species along with some fruit bearing and

medicinal trees will be planted at various places in a span of five years.

The green belt development will be carried out by Project Proponent and maintenance

will be done by the villagers/ NGO’s with their active participations.

11.8.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT

Environmental Officer will be responsible to take care the performance of mine on

environmental issues.




EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 193

Approx. 73 local workers will be directly and about 20 will be indirectly employed.

Employment opportunties along with periodical training to generate local skills.

Local employment will be ensured. On the job training to local people will be given and

periodically upgraded.

Regular health camps to trace the developments and control any ill-consequences due

to any mining will be done under CER.

As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility, it is proposed to spent cost of Rs. 14 lacs

with recurring amount lace. Basis for local development activities in the concerned

issues observed in the (1) Senior School Rattewali,Govt, (2 )Model School, Tibbi and

villages.

11.10 CONCLUSION

EIA study was performed as per the approved TOR. Various environmental attributes were

studied relating with aspects of mining activities. The related impacts were identified and

evaluated. Considering all the possible ways to mitigate the environmental concerns

Environmental Management Plan was prepared and accordingly fund was allocated. The

EMP has been dynamic, flexible and subject to periodic review. CER activities were

identified and for its time bound implementation, fund has been allocated.

The project will increase the revenue of the State Govt. as well as it will help in the social

upliftment of the local people. The green belt development programme will help in

increasing the green cover in the nearby areas. Thus, the proposed project is not likely to

affect the environment or adjacent ecosystem adversely. The Senior Management will be

responsible for the project review of EMP and its implementation to ensure that the EMP

remains effective and appropriate. Thus, the proper steps will be taken to accomplish all the

goals mentioned in the EMP and the project will bring the positive impact in the study area.

***************

PROJECT:- MINING OF BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND SECTION – XII –DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT



EC-RS-NBWL/2018-19/039


AUGUST’ 2018 194

SECTION – XII

INDEX

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED ............................................................................ 195

PROJECT:- SAND MINING SECTION – I - INTRODUCTION


DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/ TR&PWPL-RBSM/ 011/ EC/ 2018 – 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 195

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of River Bed Sand Mining (Minor Mineral).

I hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above

EIA.

EIA Coordinator Signature & Date

Name K. N. Sudershan Rao

Period of Involvement 07.06.2018– 27.08.2018

Contact Information 0141-2354997

Functional Area Experts: -

S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert/s Involvement

(Period & Task**)

Signature &

Date

1 AP K. N. Sudershan Rao

Identification of significant sources of air

pollution during mining activity has been

mentioned.

Prediction of air pollution and its management.

2 WP Sunita Mantri

Revision in water demand with calculation and

revised water balance

Prediction of water pollution and its

management.

3 SHW Sunita Mantri

Identification of nature of waste, categorization

and no OB/waste will be generated.

The waste generated is proposed to be

segregated in the defined area with proper

collection and segregation.

4 SE K. N. Sudershan Rao

Revision in secondary data as per Census of

India, 2011.

Impact Assessment & Preventive Management

Plan

Socio-economic observations

Corporate Environment Responsibility.

5 EB Dinesh Bohra

Literature review for Ecological and biodiversity

(secondary data)

Revised activity for Conservation Plan for fauna

of three Schedule-I species.

Green belt development plan

6 HG Vikrant Mahendran Hydrogeological survey for assessing aquifer

distribution of the area

Suggestion of Pre-monsoon & Post-monsoon

PROJECT:- SAND MINING SECTION – I - INTRODUCTION


DOCUMENT NO.:- EESPL/ TR&PWPL-RBSM/ 011/ EC/ 2018 – 19/ 040


AUGUST’ 2018 196

collection of water level & quality data along

with replenishment study

7 Geo Vikrant Mahendran Field Survey for assessing the regional and local

geology of the area.

8 AQ K. N. Sudershan Rao

Identification of line source and fugitive

emission

Revised Air Quality Modelling and its

interpretation.

9 NV K. N. Sudershan Rao

Prediction of Noise pollution and noise

modelling and its interpretation

Identification of impacts and its mitigation

measures

10 LU Vikrant Mahendran

Superimposition of Kml files on Satellite

imaginary.

Lease area superimposed on satellite data with

eco-sensitive features

Inference

11 RH K. N. Sudershan Rao

Identification of risk hazards due to sand mining

operations.

Management plan for safety.

Incorporation of health check up and periodical

medical schedule

12 SC Vikrant Mahendran

No soil will be excavated

Identification of Impact and suggest mitigation

measures.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Sunita Mantri, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of Sand

Mine (Minor Mineral). I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

****************

Signature

Name Mrs. Sunita Mantri

Designation CMD

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date Accredited consultant at S. No. 45 as per List of

Accredited Consultant Organizations

Registered Office:-

# 92 Heera Nagar - A, Near Shalimar Bagh,

Ajmer Road, Jaipur – 302021.

Ph: 0141-2354997, 2353996

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: www.enkayenviro.com

Let us join hands to save Earth

á ¬ ò PKL B sróenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/03092018UL5NX0QJEIA... · PKL B...

Documents

Transcript of á ¬ ò PKL B sróenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/03092018UL5NX0QJEIA... · PKL B...